lib: Add stm32f0 hal and cmsis files

Signed-off-by: Eugene Krashtan <Eugene.Krashtan@opensynergy.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin O'Connor <kevin@koconnor.net>

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal.c

@@ -0,0 +1,467 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   HAL module driver.
+  *          This is the common part of the HAL initialization
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
+    used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL. 
+    [..]
+    The HAL contains two APIs categories:
+         (+) HAL Initialization and de-initialization functions
+         (+) HAL Control functions
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL HAL
+  * @brief HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Constants HAL Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/** 
+  * @brief STM32F0xx HAL Driver version number V1.7.0
+  */
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN   (0x01) /*!< [31:24] main version */
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1   (0x07) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2   (0x00) /*!< [15:8]  sub2 version */
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_RC     (0x00) /*!< [7:0]  release candidate */ 
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION         ((__STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24U)\
+                                        |(__STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16U)\
+                                        |(__STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8U )\
+                                        |(__STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_RC))
+
+#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK    (0x00000FFFU)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Macros HAL Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Variables HAL Private Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+__IO uint32_t uwTick;
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions 
+  * @brief    Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+   [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initializes the Flash interface, the NVIC allocation and initial clock 
+          configuration. It initializes the source of time base also when timeout 
+          is needed and the backup domain when enabled.
+      (+) de-Initializes common part of the HAL.
+      (+) Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated 
+          Tick interrupt priority. 
+        (++) Systick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user 
+             can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose 
+             timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base 
+             duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and 
+             handled in milliseconds basis.
+        (++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically 
+             at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time 
+             when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). 
+        (++) Source of time base is configured  to generate interrupts at regular 
+             time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a 
+             peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority 
+            (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller 
+            ISR process will be blocked. 
+       (++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __Weak  
+             to make  override possible  in case of other  implementations in user file.
+ 
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures the Flash prefetch,
+  *        Configures time base source, NVIC and Low level hardware
+  * @note This function is called at the beginning of program after reset and before 
+  *       the clock configuration
+  * @note The time base configuration is based on HSI clock when exiting from Reset.
+  *       Once done, time base tick start incrementing.
+  *       In the default implementation,Systick is used as source of time base.
+  *       The tick variable is incremented each 1ms in its ISR.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
+{
+  /* Configure Flash prefetch */ 
+#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0)
+  __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE();
+#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */
+
+  /* Use systick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is HSI) */
+
+  HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY);
+
+  /* Init the low level hardware */
+  HAL_MspInit();
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the source
+  *        of time base.
+  * @note This function is optional.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Reset of all peripherals */
+  __HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  __HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  /* De-Init the low level hardware */
+  HAL_MspDeInit();
+    
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function configures the source of the time base. 
+  *        The time source is configured  to have 1ms time base with a dedicated 
+  *        Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @note This function is called  automatically at the beginning of program after
+  *       reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured  by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). 
+  * @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base. 
+  *       It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. 
+  *       Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process, 
+  *       The the SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower) 
+  *       than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
+  *       The function is declared as __Weak  to be overwritten  in case of other
+  *       implementation  in user file.
+  * @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
+{
+  /*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
+  HAL_SYSTICK_Config(HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()/1000U);
+
+  /*Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
+  HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority ,0U);
+
+   /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions 
+  * @brief    HAL Control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### HAL Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
+      (+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
+      (+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
+      (+) Resume the time base source interrupt
+      (+) Get the HAL API driver version
+      (+) Get the device identifier
+      (+) Get the device revision identifier
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during Sleep mode
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
+      
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function is called to increment  a global variable "uwTick"
+  *        used as application time base.
+  * @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
+  *       in Systick ISR.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other 
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
+{
+  uwTick++;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Provides a tick value in millisecond.
+  * @note   This function is declared as __weak  to be overwritten  in case of other 
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @retval tick value
+  */
+__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
+{
+  return uwTick;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based 
+  *        on variable incremented.
+  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
+  *       It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
+  *       is incremented.
+  * @note ThiS function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_Delay(__IO uint32_t Delay)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+  uint32_t wait = Delay;
+  
+  /* Add a period to guarantee minimum wait */
+  if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+  {
+     wait++;
+  }
+  
+  while((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait)
+  {
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Suspend Tick increment.
+  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
+  *       used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
+  *       is called, the the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment 
+  *       is suspended.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
+
+{
+  /* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SysTick->CTRL,SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Resume Tick increment.
+  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
+  *       used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
+  *       is called, the the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment 
+  *       is resumed.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak  to be overwritten  in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
+{
+  /* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
+  SET_BIT(SysTick->CTRL,SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This method returns the HAL revision
+  * @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
+{
+ return __STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the device revision identifier.
+  * @retval Device revision identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
+{
+   return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> 16U);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the device identifier.
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
+{
+   return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns first word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw0(void)
+{
+   return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)UID_BASE)));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns second word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw1(void)
+{
+   return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 4U))));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns third word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw2(void)
+{
+   return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 8U))));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode       
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode       
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode       
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode       
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_adc_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_adc_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the Analog to Digital Convertor (ADC)
+  *          peripheral:
+  *           + Operation functions
+  *             ++ Calibration (ADC automatic self-calibration)
+  *          Other functions (generic functions) are available in file 
+  *          "stm32f0xx_hal_adc.c".
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  [..] 
+  (@) Sections "ADC peripheral features" and "How to use this driver" are
+      available in file of generic functions "stm32l1xx_hal_adc.c".
+  [..]
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************  
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADCEx ADCEx
+  * @brief ADC HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup ADCEx_Private_Constants ADCEx Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */ 
+ 
+/* Fixed timeout values for ADC calibration, enable settling time, disable  */
+  /* settling time.                                                           */
+  /* Values defined to be higher than worst cases: low clock frequency,       */
+  /* maximum prescaler.                                                       */
+  /* Ex of profile low frequency : Clock source at 0.1 MHz, ADC clock         */
+  /* prescaler 4.                                                             */
+  /* Unit: ms                                                                 */
+  #define ADC_DISABLE_TIMEOUT           2
+  #define ADC_CALIBRATION_TIMEOUT       2U      
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions ADCEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions 
+ *  @brief    Extended Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Perform the ADC calibration. 
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Perform an ADC automatic self-calibration
+  *         Calibration prerequisite: ADC must be disabled (execute this
+  *         function before HAL_ADC_Start() or after HAL_ADC_Stop() ).
+  * @note   Calibration factor can be read after calibration, using function
+  *         HAL_ADC_GetValue() (value on 7 bits: from DR[6;0]).
+  * @param  hadc ADC handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+  uint32_t backup_setting_adc_dma_transfer = 0; /* Note: Variable not declared as volatile because register read is already declared as volatile */
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+  
+  /* Calibration prerequisite: ADC must be disabled. */
+  if (ADC_IS_ENABLE(hadc) == RESET)
+  {
+    /* Set ADC state */
+    ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, 
+                      HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY,
+                      HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL);
+    
+    /* Disable ADC DMA transfer request during calibration */
+    /* Note: Specificity of this STM32 serie: Calibration factor is           */
+    /*       available in data register and also transfered by DMA.           */
+    /*       To not insert ADC calibration factor among ADC conversion data   */
+    /*       in array variable, DMA transfer must be disabled during          */
+    /*       calibration.                                                     */
+    backup_setting_adc_dma_transfer = READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG);
+    CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG);
+
+    /* Start ADC calibration */
+    hadc->Instance->CR |= ADC_CR_ADCAL;
+
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();  
+
+    /* Wait for calibration completion */
+    while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CR, ADC_CR_ADCAL))
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > ADC_CALIBRATION_TIMEOUT)
+      {
+        /* Update ADC state machine to error */
+        ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
+                          HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL,
+                          HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+        
+        /* Process unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+        
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+    
+    /* Restore ADC DMA transfer request after calibration */
+    SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, backup_setting_adc_dma_transfer);
+
+    /* Set ADC state */
+    ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
+                      HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL,
+                      HAL_ADC_STATE_READY);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update ADC state machine to error */
+    SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG);
+    
+    tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return tmp_hal_status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */  
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_cec.c

@@ -0,0 +1,676 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_cec.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   CEC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the High Definition Multimedia Interface 
+  *          Consumer Electronics Control Peripheral (CEC).
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  *           
+  @verbatim       
+ ===============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    The CEC HAL driver can be used as follow:
+    
+    (#) Declare a CEC_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
+    (#) Initialize the CEC low level resources by implementing the HAL_CEC_MspInit ()API:
+        (##) Enable the CEC interface clock.
+        (##) CEC pins configuration:
+            (+) Enable the clock for the CEC GPIOs.
+            (+) Configure these CEC pins as alternate function pull-up.
+        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
+             and HAL_CEC_Receive_IT() APIs):
+            (+) Configure the CEC interrupt priority.
+            (+) Enable the NVIC CEC IRQ handle.
+            (@) The specific CEC interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, 
+                RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
+                __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit 
+                and receive process.
+
+    (#) Program the Signal Free Time (SFT) and SFT option, Tolerance, reception stop in
+        in case of Bit Rising Error, Error-Bit generation conditions, device logical
+        address and Listen mode in the hcec Init structure.
+
+    (#) Initialize the CEC registers by calling the HAL_CEC_Init() API.
+        
+    (@) This API (HAL_CEC_Init()) configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
+        by calling the customed HAL_CEC_MspInit() API.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************  
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx)
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC CEC 
+  * @brief HAL CEC module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Constants CEC Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+ 
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Functions CEC Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions CEC Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions 
+  *
+@verbatim                                                
+===============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the CEC
+      (+) The following parameters need to be configured: 
+        (++) SignalFreeTime
+        (++) Tolerance 
+        (++) BRERxStop                 (RX stopped or not upon Bit Rising Error)
+        (++) BREErrorBitGen            (Error-Bit generation in case of Bit Rising Error)
+        (++) LBPEErrorBitGen           (Error-Bit generation in case of Long Bit Period Error)
+        (++) BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen (Error-bit generation in case of broadcast message error)
+        (++) SignalFreeTimeOption      (SFT Timer start definition)
+        (++) OwnAddress                (CEC device address)
+        (++) ListenMode
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initializes the CEC mode according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the CEC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle .
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Init(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{  
+  /* Check the CEC handle allocation */
+  if((hcec == NULL) ||(hcec->Init.RxBuffer == NULL))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */ 
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_SIGNALFREETIME(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_TOLERANCE(hcec->Init.Tolerance));  
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_BRERXSTOP(hcec->Init.BRERxStop));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_BREERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_LBPEERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION(hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_SFTOP(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption)); 
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_LISTENING_MODE(hcec->Init.ListenMode));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_OWN_ADDRESS(hcec->Init.OwnAddress));  
+
+  if(hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hcec->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+    HAL_CEC_MspInit(hcec);
+  }
+  hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
+  
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+  
+  /* Write to CEC Control Register */
+  hcec->Instance->CFGR = hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime | hcec->Init.Tolerance | hcec->Init.BRERxStop|\
+                         hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen | hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen | hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen |\
+			 hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption |((uint32_t)(hcec->Init.OwnAddress)<<16U) |\
+                         hcec->Init.ListenMode;
+  
+  /* Enable the following CEC Transmission/Reception interrupts as
+   * well as the following CEC Transmission/Reception Errors interrupts 
+   * Rx Byte Received IT 
+   * End of Reception IT 
+   * Rx overrun
+   * Rx bit rising error
+   * Rx short bit period error
+   * Rx long bit period error
+   * Rx missing acknowledge
+   * Tx Byte Request IT 
+   * End of Transmission IT
+   * Tx Missing Acknowledge IT
+   * Tx-Error IT
+   * Tx-Buffer Underrun IT 
+   * Tx arbitration lost   */
+ __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_RXBR|CEC_IT_RXEND|CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR|CEC_IT_TXBR|CEC_IT_TXEND|CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
+    
+  /* Enable the CEC Peripheral */
+  __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
+  
+  hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+  hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+  hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DeInitializes the CEC peripheral 
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_DeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* Check the CEC handle allocation */
+  if(hcec == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance));
+
+  hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
+  
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(hcec);
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+  
+  /* Clear Flags */
+  __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_TXEND|CEC_FLAG_TXBR|CEC_FLAG_RXBR|CEC_FLAG_RXEND|CEC_ISR_ALL_ERROR);
+  
+  /* Disable the following CEC Transmission/Reception interrupts as
+   * well as the following CEC Transmission/Reception Errors interrupts 
+   * Rx Byte Received IT 
+   * End of Reception IT 
+   * Rx overrun
+   * Rx bit rising error
+   * Rx short bit period error
+   * Rx long bit period error
+   * Rx missing acknowledge
+   * Tx Byte Request IT 
+   * End of Transmission IT
+   * Tx Missing Acknowledge IT
+   * Tx-Error IT
+   * Tx-Buffer Underrun IT 
+   * Tx arbitration lost   */
+  __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_RXBR|CEC_IT_RXEND|CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR|CEC_IT_TXBR|CEC_IT_TXEND|CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
+  
+  hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+  hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET;
+  hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET;
+  
+  /* Process Unlock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initializes the Own Address of the CEC device
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @param  CEC_OwnAddress The CEC own address.  
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_SetDeviceAddress(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint16_t CEC_OwnAddress)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_OWN_ADDRESS(CEC_OwnAddress));
+
+  if ((hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) && (hcec->RxState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY))
+  { 
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcec); 
+    
+    hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
+  
+    /* Disable the Peripheral */
+    __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+    
+    if(CEC_OwnAddress != CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_NONE)
+    {
+      hcec->Instance->CFGR |= ((uint32_t)CEC_OwnAddress<<16U);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hcec->Instance->CFGR &= ~(CEC_CFGR_OAR);
+    }
+        
+    hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+    hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+    
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); 
+    
+    /* Enable the Peripheral */
+    __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
+    
+    return  HAL_OK; 
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief CEC MSP Init
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_CEC_MspInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcec);
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CEC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief CEC MSP DeInit
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcec);
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CEC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions 
+  *  @brief CEC Transmit/Receive functions 
+  *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions ##### 
+ ===============================================================================  
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the CEC data transfers.
+    
+    (#) The CEC handle must contain the initiator (TX side) and the destination (RX side)
+        logical addresses (4-bit long addresses, 0x0F for broadcast messages destination)
+    
+    (#) The communication is performed using Interrupts. 
+           These API's return the HAL status.
+           The end of the data processing will be indicated through the 
+           dedicated CEC IRQ when using Interrupt mode.
+           The HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks 
+           will be executed respectivelly at the end of the transmit or Receive process
+           The HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication 
+           error is detected
+        
+    (#) API's with Interrupt are :
+         (+) HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
+         (+) HAL_CEC_IRQHandler()
+
+    (#) A set of User Callbacks are provided:
+         (+) HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback()
+         (+) HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback()
+         (+) HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback()
+      
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Send data in interrupt mode 
+  * @param hcec CEC handle 
+  * @param InitiatorAddress Initiator address
+  * @param DestinationAddress destination logical address      
+  * @param pData pointer to input byte data buffer
+  * @param Size amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the header).
+  *              0 means only the header is sent (ping operation).
+  *              Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14 operands).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */  
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t InitiatorAddress, uint8_t DestinationAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size)
+{
+  /* if the IP isn't already busy and if there is no previous transmission
+     already pending due to arbitration lost */
+  if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) 
+  {    
+    if((pData == NULL ) && (Size > 0U)) 
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;                                    
+    }
+
+    assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(DestinationAddress)); 
+    assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(InitiatorAddress)); 
+    assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(Size));
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+    hcec->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+    hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+  
+    /* initialize the number of bytes to send,
+     * 0 means only one header is sent (ping operation) */
+    hcec->TxXferCount = Size;
+    
+    /* in case of no payload (Size = 0), sender is only pinging the system;
+       Set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit, must be set before writing data to TXDR */
+    if (Size == 0U)
+    {
+      __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+    }
+
+    /* send header block */
+    hcec->Instance->TXDR = ((uint8_t)(InitiatorAddress << CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS) |(uint8_t) DestinationAddress);
+    /* Set TX Start of Message  (TXSOM) bit */
+    __HAL_CEC_FIRST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+	    
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); 
+  
+    return HAL_OK;
+
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Get size of the received frame.
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @retval Frame size
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetLastReceivedFrameSize(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  return hcec->RxXferSize;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Change Rx Buffer.
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @param Rxbuffer Rx Buffer
+  * @note  This function can be called only inside the HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() 
+  * @retval Frame size
+  */
+void HAL_CEC_ChangeRxBuffer(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t* Rxbuffer)
+{
+  hcec->Init.RxBuffer = Rxbuffer; 
+}
+  
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles CEC interrupt requests.
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_CEC_IRQHandler(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  
+  /* save interrupts register for further error or interrupts handling purposes */
+  uint32_t reg = 0U;
+  reg = hcec->Instance->ISR;
+
+  
+  /* ----------------------------Arbitration Lost Management----------------------------------*/     
+  /* CEC TX arbitration error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
+  if((reg & CEC_FLAG_ARBLST) != RESET) 
+  { 
+    hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_ARBLST;
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_ARBLST);
+  }
+  
+  /* ----------------------------Rx Management----------------------------------*/ 
+  /* CEC RX byte received interrupt  ---------------------------------------------------*/
+  if((reg & CEC_FLAG_RXBR) != RESET) 
+  { 
+    /* reception is starting */ 
+    hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hcec->RxXferSize++;
+    /* read received byte */
+    *hcec->Init.RxBuffer++ = hcec->Instance->RXDR;
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXBR);  
+  }
+  
+  /* CEC RX end received interrupt  ---------------------------------------------------*/
+  if((reg & CEC_FLAG_RXEND) != RESET) 
+  { 
+    /* clear IT */
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXEND);
+    
+    /* Rx process is completed, restore hcec->RxState to Ready */
+    hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; 
+    hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+    hcec->Init.RxBuffer -= hcec->RxXferSize;
+    HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(hcec, hcec->RxXferSize); 
+    hcec->RxXferSize = 0U; 
+  }
+  
+  /* ----------------------------Tx Management----------------------------------*/  
+  /* CEC TX byte request interrupt ------------------------------------------------*/
+  if((reg & CEC_FLAG_TXBR) != RESET) 
+  {
+    if (hcec->TxXferCount == 0U)
+    {
+      /* if this is the last byte transmission, set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit */
+      __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+      hcec->Instance->TXDR = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr++;
+    }
+    else
+    {	
+      hcec->Instance->TXDR = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr++;
+      hcec->TxXferCount--;
+    }  
+    /* clear Tx-Byte request flag */
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_TXBR); 
+  } 
+  
+  /* CEC TX end interrupt ------------------------------------------------*/
+  if((reg & CEC_FLAG_TXEND) != RESET) 
+  {	
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXEND);
+    
+    /* Tx process is ended, restore hcec->gState to Ready */     
+    hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+    /* Call the Process Unlocked before calling the Tx call back API to give the possibility to
+    start again the Transmission under the Tx call back API */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+    hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+    HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(hcec);
+  } 
+  
+  /* ----------------------------Rx/Tx Error Management----------------------------------*/   
+  if ((reg & (CEC_ISR_RXOVR|CEC_ISR_BRE|CEC_ISR_SBPE|CEC_ISR_LBPE|CEC_ISR_RXACKE|CEC_ISR_TXUDR|CEC_ISR_TXERR|CEC_ISR_TXACKE)) != 0U)
+  {
+    hcec->ErrorCode = reg;
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXOVR|HAL_CEC_ERROR_BRE|CEC_FLAG_LBPE|CEC_FLAG_SBPE|HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXACKE|HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXUDR|HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXERR|HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXACKE);
+
+    
+    if((reg & (CEC_ISR_RXOVR|CEC_ISR_BRE|CEC_ISR_SBPE|CEC_ISR_LBPE|CEC_ISR_RXACKE)) != RESET)
+    {
+      hcec->Init.RxBuffer-=hcec->RxXferSize;	
+      hcec->RxXferSize = 0U; 
+      hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+    }
+    else if (((reg & (CEC_ISR_TXUDR|CEC_ISR_TXERR|CEC_ISR_TXACKE)) != RESET) && ((reg & CEC_ISR_ARBLST) == RESET))
+    {	
+      /* Set the CEC state ready to be able to start again the process */
+      hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+    }	
+    
+    /* Error  Call Back */    
+    HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(hcec);
+  }
+  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcec);  
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @param RxFrameSize Size of frame
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint32_t RxFrameSize)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcec);
+  UNUSED(RxFrameSize);
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief CEC error callbacks
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcec);
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control function 
+  *  @brief   CEC control functions 
+  *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control function #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CEC.
+     (+) HAL_CEC_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the CEC peripheral. 
+	 (+) HAL_CEC_GetError() API can be helpful to check in run-time the error of the CEC peripheral. 
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief return the CEC state
+  * @param hcec pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified CEC module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef HAL_CEC_GetState(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  uint32_t temp1 = 0x00U, temp2 = 0x00U;
+  temp1 = hcec->gState;
+  temp2 = hcec->RxState;
+  
+  return (HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the CEC error code
+  * @param  hcec pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified CEC.
+  * @retval CEC Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetError(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  return hcec->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */  
+#endif /* defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || */
+       /* defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || */
+       /* defined(STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_comp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,744 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_comp.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   COMP HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the COMP peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  *           + I/O operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions 
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *         
+  @verbatim
+================================================================================
+          ##### COMP Peripheral features #####
+================================================================================
+           
+  [..]       
+      The STM32F0xx device family integrates up to 2 analog comparators COMP1 and COMP2:
+      (+) The non inverting input and inverting input can be set to GPIO pins.
+  
+      (+) The COMP output is available using HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel() 
+          and can be set on GPIO pins.
+  
+      (+) The COMP output can be redirected to embedded timers (TIM1, TIM2 and TIM3).
+  
+      (+) The comparators COMP1 and COMP2 can be combined in window mode.
+  
+      (+) The comparators have interrupt capability with wake-up
+          from Sleep and Stop modes (through the EXTI controller):
+          (++) COMP1 is internally connected to EXTI Line 21
+          (++) COMP2 is internally connected to EXTI Line 22
+
+      (+) From the corresponding IRQ handler, the right interrupt source can be retrieved with the 
+          macros __HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_GET_FLAG() and __HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_GET_FLAG().
+
+
+            ##### How to use this driver #####
+================================================================================
+  [..]
+      This driver provides functions to configure and program the Comparators of STM32F05x, STM32F07x and STM32F09x devices.
+
+      To use the comparator, perform the following steps:
+  
+      (#) Fill in the HAL_COMP_MspInit() to
+      (++) Configure the comparator input in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init()
+      (++) Configure the comparator output in alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init() to map the comparator 
+           output to the GPIO pin
+      (++) If required enable the COMP interrupt by configuring and enabling EXTI line in Interrupt mode and 
+           selecting the desired sensitivity level using HAL_GPIO_Init() function. After that enable the comparator
+           interrupt vector using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() function.
+  
+      (#) Configure the comparator using HAL_COMP_Init() function:
+      (++) Select the inverting input (input minus)
+      (++) Select the non inverting input (input plus)
+      (++) Select the output polarity  
+      (++) Select the output redirection
+      (++) Select the hysteresis level
+      (++) Select the power mode
+      (++) Select the event/interrupt mode
+      (++) Select the window mode
+  
+      -@@- HAL_COMP_Init() calls internally __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE() in order
+          to access the comparator(s) registers.
+
+      (#) Enable the comparator using HAL_COMP_Start() function or HAL_COMP_Start_IT() function for interrupt mode.
+    
+      (#) Use HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback() and/or HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel() functions
+          to manage comparator outputs (event/interrupt triggered and output level).
+
+      (#) Disable the comparator using HAL_COMP_Stop() or HAL_COMP_Stop_IT() 
+          function.
+
+      (#) De-initialize the comparator using HAL_COMP_DeInit() function.
+
+      (#) For safety purposes comparator(s) can be locked using HAL_COMP_Lock() function.
+          Only a MCU reset can reset that protection.
+      
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************  
+  */
+
+/*
+    Additional Tables:
+
+    Table 1. COMP Inputs for the STM32F05x, STM32F07x and STM32F09x devices
+    +--------------------------------------------------+    
+    |                 |                | COMP1 | COMP2 |
+    |-----------------|----------------|---------------|
+    |                 | 1/4 VREFINT    |  OK   |  OK   |
+    |                 | 1/2 VREFINT    |  OK   |  OK   |
+    |                 | 3/4 VREFINT    |  OK   |  OK   |
+    | Inverting Input | VREFINT        |  OK   |  OK   |
+    |                 | DAC1 OUT (PA4) |  OK   |  OK   |
+    |                 | DAC2 OUT (PA5) |  OK   |  OK   |
+    |                 | IO1            |  PA0  |  PA2  |
+    |-----------------|----------------|-------|-------|
+    |  Non Inverting  |                |  PA1  |  PA3  |
+    |    Input        |                |       |       |
+    +--------------------------------------------------+  
+
+    Table 2. COMP Outputs for the STM32F05x, STM32F07x and STM32F09x devices
+    +---------------+     
+    | COMP1 | COMP2 |
+    |-------|-------|
+    |  PA0  |  PA2  |
+    |  PA6  |  PA7  |
+    |  PA11 |  PA12 |
+    +---------------+
+
+    Table 3. COMP Outputs redirection to embedded timers for the STM32F05x, STM32F07x and STM32F09x devices
+    +---------------------------------+     
+    |     COMP1      |     COMP2      |
+    |----------------|----------------|
+    |  TIM1 BKIN     |  TIM1 BKIN     |
+    |                |                |
+    |  TIM1 OCREFCLR |  TIM1 OCREFCLR |
+    |                |                |
+    |  TIM1 IC1      |  TIM1 IC1      |
+    |                |                |
+    |  TIM2 IC4      |  TIM2 IC4      |
+    |                |                |
+    |  TIM2 OCREFCLR |  TIM2 OCREFCLR |
+    |                |                |
+    |  TIM3 IC1      |  TIM3 IC1      |
+    |                |                |
+    |  TIM3 OCREFCLR |  TIM3 OCREFCLR |
+    +---------------------------------+
+
+*/
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+#ifdef HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
+    defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \
+    defined(STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx)
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP COMP
+  * @brief COMP HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Private_Constants COMP Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Delay for COMP startup time.                                               */
+/* Note: Delay required to reach propagation delay specification.             */
+/* Literal set to maximum value (refer to device datasheet,                   */
+/* parameter "tSTART").                                                       */
+/* Unit: us                                                                   */
+#define COMP_DELAY_STARTUP_US           (60U)  /*!< Delay for COMP startup time */
+
+/* CSR register reset value */ 
+#define COMP_CSR_RESET_VALUE            (0x00000000U)
+/* CSR register masks */ 
+#define COMP_CSR_RESET_PARAMETERS_MASK   (0x00003FFFU)
+#define COMP_CSR_UPDATE_PARAMETERS_MASK  (0x00003FFEU)
+/* CSR COMPx non inverting input mask */ 
+#define COMP_CSR_COMPxNONINSEL_MASK      ((uint16_t)COMP_CSR_COMP1SW1)
+/* CSR COMP2 shift */ 
+#define COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT             0U
+#define COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT             16U
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Functions COMP Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions 
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions 
+ *
+@verbatim    
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions to initialize and de-initialize comparators 
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the COMP according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the COMP_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @note   If the selected comparator is locked, initialization can't be performed.
+  *         To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset.
+  * @param  hcomp COMP handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Init(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  uint32_t regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT;
+  
+  /* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
+  if((hcomp == NULL) || ((hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK) != RESET))
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Check the parameter */
+    assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+    assert_param(IS_COMP_INVERTINGINPUT(hcomp->Init.InvertingInput));
+    assert_param(IS_COMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT(hcomp->Init.NonInvertingInput));
+    assert_param(IS_COMP_OUTPUT(hcomp->Init.Output));
+    assert_param(IS_COMP_OUTPUTPOL(hcomp->Init.OutputPol));
+    assert_param(IS_COMP_HYSTERESIS(hcomp->Init.Hysteresis));
+    assert_param(IS_COMP_MODE(hcomp->Init.Mode));
+    
+    if(hcomp->Init.NonInvertingInput == COMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT_DAC1SWITCHCLOSED)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_COMP_DAC1SWITCH_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+    }
+  
+    if(hcomp->Init.WindowMode != COMP_WINDOWMODE_DISABLE)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_COMP_WINDOWMODE_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+    }
+
+    /* Init SYSCFG and the low level hardware to access comparators */
+    __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();  
+
+    /* Init the low level hardware : SYSCFG to access comparators */
+    HAL_COMP_MspInit(hcomp);
+
+    if(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET)
+    {
+      /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+      hcomp->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    }
+
+    /* Change COMP peripheral state */
+    hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set COMP parameters */
+    /*     Set COMPxINSEL bits according to hcomp->Init.InvertingInput value        */
+    /*     Set COMPxOUTSEL bits according to hcomp->Init.Output value               */
+    /*     Set COMPxPOL bit according to hcomp->Init.OutputPol value                */
+    /*     Set COMPxHYST bits according to hcomp->Init.Hysteresis value             */
+    /*     Set COMPxMODE bits according to hcomp->Init.Mode value                   */
+    if(hcomp->Instance == COMP2)
+    {
+      regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT;
+    }
+    MODIFY_REG(COMP->CSR, 
+               (COMP_CSR_COMPxINSEL  | COMP_CSR_COMPxNONINSEL_MASK | \
+                COMP_CSR_COMPxOUTSEL | COMP_CSR_COMPxPOL           | \
+                COMP_CSR_COMPxHYST   | COMP_CSR_COMPxMODE) << regshift,
+               (hcomp->Init.InvertingInput    | \
+                hcomp->Init.NonInvertingInput | \
+                hcomp->Init.Output            | \
+                hcomp->Init.OutputPol         | \
+                hcomp->Init.Hysteresis        | \
+                hcomp->Init.Mode) << regshift);   
+    
+    if(hcomp->Init.WindowMode != COMP_WINDOWMODE_DISABLE)
+    {
+      COMP->CSR |= COMP_CSR_WNDWEN;
+    }
+
+    /* Initialize the COMP state*/
+    hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_READY;
+  }
+  
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the COMP peripheral 
+  * @note   Deinitialization can't be performed if the COMP configuration is locked.
+  *         To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset.
+  * @param  hcomp COMP handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_DeInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  uint32_t regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT;
+
+  /* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
+  if((hcomp == NULL) || ((hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK) != RESET))
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Check the parameter */
+    assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+
+    /* Set COMP_CSR register to reset value for the corresponding COMP instance */
+    if(hcomp->Instance == COMP2)
+    {
+      regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT;
+    }
+    MODIFY_REG(COMP->CSR, 
+               COMP_CSR_RESET_PARAMETERS_MASK << regshift, 
+               COMP_CSR_RESET_VALUE << regshift);
+    
+    /* DeInit the low level hardware: SYSCFG, GPIO, CLOCK and NVIC */
+    HAL_COMP_MspDeInit(hcomp);
+
+    hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET;
+    
+    /* Release Lock */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcomp);
+  }
+  
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the COMP MSP.
+  * @param  hcomp COMP handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_COMP_MspInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcomp);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_COMP_MspInit could be implenetd in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes COMP MSP.
+  * @param  hcomp COMP handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_COMP_MspDeInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcomp);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_COMP_MspDeInit could be implenetd in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Functions_Group2 I/O operation functions 
+ *  @brief   Data transfers functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the COMP data 
+    transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start the comparator 
+  * @param  hcomp COMP handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Start(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{ 
+  uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0U;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  uint32_t regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT;
+  
+  /* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
+  if((hcomp == NULL) || ((hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK) != RESET))
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Check the parameter */
+    assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+
+    if(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Enable the selected comparator */
+      if(hcomp->Instance == COMP2)
+      {
+        regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT;
+      }
+      SET_BIT(COMP->CSR, COMP_CSR_COMPxEN << regshift);
+      
+      /* Set HAL COMP handle state */
+      hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_BUSY;
+      
+      /* Delay for COMP startup time */
+      wait_loop_index = (COMP_DELAY_STARTUP_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000U));
+      while(wait_loop_index != 0U)
+      {
+        wait_loop_index--;
+      }    
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stop the comparator 
+  * @param  hcomp COMP handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Stop(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{ 
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  uint32_t regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT;
+  
+  /* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
+  if((hcomp == NULL) || ((hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK) != RESET))
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Check the parameter */
+    assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+
+    if(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_BUSY)
+    {
+      /* Disable the selected comparator */
+      if(hcomp->Instance == COMP2)
+      {
+        regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT;
+      }
+      CLEAR_BIT(COMP->CSR, COMP_CSR_COMPxEN << regshift);
+
+      hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_READY;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the interrupt and starts the comparator
+  * @param  hcomp COMP handle
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Start_IT(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  uint32_t extiline = 0U;
+  
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_COMP_TRIGGERMODE(hcomp->Init.TriggerMode));
+
+  status = HAL_COMP_Start(hcomp);
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Check the Exti Line output configuration */
+    extiline = COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE(hcomp->Instance);
+    /* Configure the rising edge */
+    if((hcomp->Init.TriggerMode & COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_RISING) != RESET)
+    {
+      SET_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, extiline);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, extiline);
+    }
+    /* Configure the falling edge */
+    if((hcomp->Init.TriggerMode & COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_FALLING) != RESET)
+    {
+      SET_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, extiline);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, extiline);
+    }
+
+    /* Clear COMP EXTI pending bit */
+    WRITE_REG(EXTI->PR, extiline);
+    
+    /* Enable Exti interrupt mode */
+    SET_BIT(EXTI->IMR, extiline);
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the interrupt and Stop the comparator 
+  * @param  hcomp COMP handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Stop_IT(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{ 
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  
+  /* Disable the Exti Line interrupt mode */
+  CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->IMR, COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE(hcomp->Instance));
+  
+  status = HAL_COMP_Stop(hcomp);
+  
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Comparator IRQ Handler 
+  * @param  hcomp COMP handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+void HAL_COMP_IRQHandler(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+  uint32_t extiline = COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE(hcomp->Instance);
+  
+  /* Check COMP Exti flag */
+  if(READ_BIT(EXTI->PR, extiline) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Clear COMP Exti pending bit */
+    WRITE_REG(EXTI->PR, extiline);
+
+    /* COMP trigger user callback */
+    HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback(hcomp);    
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions 
+ *  @brief   management functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the COMP data 
+    transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Lock the selected comparator configuration. 
+  * @param  hcomp COMP handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Lock(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  uint32_t regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT;
+
+  /* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
+  if((hcomp == NULL) || ((hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK) != RESET))
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Check the parameter */
+    assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+
+    /* Set lock flag */
+    hcomp->State |= COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK;
+
+    /* Set the lock bit corresponding to selected comparator */
+    if(hcomp->Instance == COMP2)
+    {
+      regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT;
+    }
+    SET_BIT(COMP->CSR, COMP_CSR_COMPxLOCK << regshift);
+  }
+  
+  return status; 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the output level (high or low) of the selected comparator. 
+  *         The output level depends on the selected polarity.
+  *         If the polarity is not inverted:
+  *           - Comparator output is low when the non-inverting input is at a lower
+  *             voltage than the inverting input
+  *           - Comparator output is high when the non-inverting input is at a higher
+  *             voltage than the inverting input
+  *         If the polarity is inverted:
+  *           - Comparator output is high when the non-inverting input is at a lower
+  *             voltage than the inverting input
+  *           - Comparator output is low when the non-inverting input is at a higher
+  *             voltage than the inverting input
+  * @param  hcomp COMP handle
+  * @retval Returns the selected comparator output level: COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_LOW or COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_HIGH.
+  *       
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+  uint32_t level=0;
+  uint32_t regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT;
+  
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+  
+  if(hcomp->Instance == COMP2)
+  {
+    regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT;
+  }
+  level = READ_BIT(COMP->CSR, COMP_CSR_COMPxOUT << regshift);
+  
+  if(level != 0U)
+  {
+    return(COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_HIGH);
+  }
+  return(COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_LOW);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Comparator callback.
+  * @param  hcomp COMP handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcomp);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions 
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral 
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the COMP state
+  * @param  hcomp COMP handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_COMP_GetState(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+  /* Check the COMP handle allocation */
+  if(hcomp == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+
+  return hcomp->State;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || */
+       /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || */
+       /* STM32F091xC || defined (STM32F098xx) */
+
+#endif /* HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   CORTEX HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the CORTEX:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions 
+  *
+  *  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+    [..]  
+    *** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
+    ===========================================================
+    [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
+    The Cortex-M0 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
+      (#) Enable and Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels. 
+             The priority can be 0..3. 
+
+        -@- Lower priority values gives higher priority.
+        -@- Priority Order:
+            (#@) Lowest priority.
+            (#@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQn position).  
+
+      (#)  Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+
+      (#)  Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+      
+      -@-  Negative value of IRQn_Type are not allowed.
+
+
+    [..]
+    *** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
+    ========================================================
+    [..]
+    Setup SysTick Timer for time base. 
+           
+   (+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config()function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
+       is a CMSIS function that:
+        (++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
+        (++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x03).
+        (++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
+        (++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
+        (++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
+        (++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
+    
+   (+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
+       HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
+       HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig() macro is defined
+       inside the stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.h file.
+
+   (+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
+       HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function 
+       call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
+
+   (+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
+
+       Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x  Desired Time base (s)
+       (++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
+       (++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************  
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX
+  * @brief CORTEX CORTEX HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions 
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
+      Systick functionalities 
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the priority of an interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number .
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to stm32f0xx.h file)
+  * @param  PreemptPriority The preemption priority for the IRQn channel.
+  *         This parameter can be a value between 0 and 3.
+  *         A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
+  * @param  SubPriority the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
+  *         with stm32f0xx devices, this parameter is a dummy value and it is ignored, because 
+  *         no subpriority supported in Cortex M0 based products.   
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
+{ 
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
+  NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn,PreemptPriority);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+  * @note   To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
+  *         function should be called before. 
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+  
+  /* Enable interrupt */
+  NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+  
+  /* Disable interrupt */
+  NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
+{
+  /* System Reset */
+  NVIC_SystemReset();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
+  *         Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
+  * @param  TicksNumb Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
+  * @retval status:  - 0  Function succeeded.
+  *                  - 1  Function failed.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
+{
+   return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions 
+ *  @brief   Cortex control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
+      (NVIC, SYSTICK) functionalities.
+
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the priority of an interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
+  return NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+  
+  /* Set interrupt pending */
+  NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC
+  *         and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
+  * @retval status: - 0  Interrupt status is not pending.
+  *                 - 1  Interrupt status is pending.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+  
+  /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
+  return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+  
+  /* Clear pending interrupt */
+  NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the SysTick clock source.
+  * @param  CLKSource specifies the SysTick clock source.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *             @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
+  *             @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
+  if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
+  {
+    SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SYSTICK callback.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_crc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,531 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_crc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   CRC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions 
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *         
+  @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+         (+) Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE();
+         (+) Initialize CRC calculator
+             (++)specify generating polynomial (IP default or non-default one)
+             (++)specify initialization value (IP default or non-default one)
+             (++)specify input data format
+             (++)specify input or output data inversion mode if any
+         (+) Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of the 
+             input data buffer starting with the previously computed CRC as 
+             initialization value
+         (+) Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC value of the 
+             input data buffer starting with the defined initialization value 
+             (default or non-default) to initiate CRC calculation
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC CRC
+  * @brief CRC HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions CRC Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
+static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions CRC Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions. 
+ *
+@verbatim    
+ ===============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters 
+          in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
+      (+) DeInitialize the CRC peripheral
+      (+) Initialize the CRC MSP (MCU Specific Package)
+      (+) DeInitialize the CRC MSP
+ 
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the CRC according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* Check the CRC handle allocation */
+  if(hcrc == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
+
+  if(hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET)
+  {   
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hcrc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_CRC_MspInit(hcrc);
+  }
+  
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY; 
+  
+  /* Extended initialization: if programmable polynomial feature is 
+     applicable to device, set default or non-default generating 
+     polynomial according to hcrc->Init parameters.
+     If feature is non-applicable to device in use, HAL_CRCEx_Init straight 
+     away reports HAL_OK. */
+  if (HAL_CRCEx_Init(hcrc) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* check whether or not non-default CRC initial value has been 
+   * picked up by user */
+  assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE(hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse));
+  if (hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse == DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE)
+  {
+    WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE);  
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, hcrc->Init.InitValue);
+  }
+  
+
+  /* set input data inversion mode */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode)); 
+  MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode); 
+  
+  /* set output data inversion mode */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode)); 
+  MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode);  
+  
+  /* makes sure the input data format (bytes, halfwords or words stream)
+   * is properly specified by user */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT(hcrc->InputDataFormat));
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the CRC peripheral. 
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{ 
+  /* Check the CRC handle allocation */
+  if(hcrc == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
+  
+  /* Check the CRC peripheral state */
+  if(hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+  
+  /* Reset CRC calculation unit */
+  __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
+  
+  /* Reset IDR register content */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hcrc->Instance->IDR, CRC_IDR_IDR) ;
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(hcrc);
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRC MSP.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcrc);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CRC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the CRC MSP.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcrc);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CRC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions 
+ *  @brief    management functions. 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) compute the 7U, 8U, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8U, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
+          using the combination of the previous CRC value and the new one
+          
+       [..]  or
+          
+      (+) compute the 7U, 8U, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8U, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
+          independently of the previous CRC value.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**                  
+  * @brief  Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
+  *         starting with the previously computed CRC as initialization value.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
+  *         provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.  
+  * @param  BufferLength input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer
+  *         type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t,
+  *         number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
+  * @note  By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter.
+  *        Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t
+  *        and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the
+  *        handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
+  * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+  uint32_t index = 0U; /* CRC input data buffer index */
+  uint32_t temp = 0U;  /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
+  
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcrc); 
+    
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */  
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+  
+  switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
+  {
+    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:  
+      /* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */
+      for(index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++)
+      {
+        hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
+      }
+      temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
+      break;
+      
+    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES: 
+      temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
+      break;
+      
+    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS: 
+      temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
+      break;
+      
+    default:
+      break;          
+  }
+  
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */    
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY; 
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
+  
+  /* Return the CRC computed value */ 
+  return temp;
+}
+
+
+/**                  
+  * @brief  Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
+  *         starting with hcrc->Instance->INIT as initialization value.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
+  *         provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.  
+  * @param  BufferLength input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer
+  *         type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t,
+  *         number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
+  * @note  By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter.
+  *        Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t
+  *        and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the
+  *        handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat. 
+  * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
+  */  
+uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+  uint32_t index = 0U; /* CRC input data buffer index */
+  uint32_t temp = 0U;  /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
+    
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcrc); 
+  
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */  
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+  
+  /* Reset CRC Calculation Unit (hcrc->Instance->INIT is 
+  *  written in hcrc->Instance->DR) */
+  __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
+  
+  switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
+  {
+    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:  
+      /* Enter 32-bit input data to the CRC calculator */
+      for(index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++)
+      {
+        hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
+      }
+      temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
+      break;
+      
+    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES: 
+      /* Specific 8-bit input data handling  */
+      temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
+      break;
+      
+    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS: 
+      /* Specific 16-bit input data handling  */
+      temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
+      break;
+      
+    default:
+      break;         
+  }
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */    
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY; 
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
+  
+  /* Return the CRC computed value */ 
+  return temp;
+}
+  
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions 
+ *  @brief    Peripheral State functions. 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the CRC handle state.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* Return CRC handle state */
+  return hcrc->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions CRC Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**             
+  * @brief  Enter 8-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
+  *         Specific data handling to optimize processing time.  
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer
+  * @param  BufferLength input data buffer length
+  * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
+  */
+static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+  uint32_t i = 0U; /* input data buffer index */
+  
+   /* Processing time optimization: 4 bytes are entered in a row with a single word write,
+    * last bytes must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure a correct type
+    * handling by the IP */
+   for(i = 0U; i < (BufferLength/4U); i++)
+   {
+      hcrc->Instance->DR = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4U*i]<<24U) | ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4U*i+1]<<16U) | ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4U*i+2]<<8U) | (uint32_t)pBuffer[4U*i+3];      
+   }
+   /* last bytes specific handling */
+   if ((BufferLength%4U) != 0U)
+   {
+     if  (BufferLength%4U == 1U)
+     {
+       *(uint8_t volatile*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4*i];
+     }
+     if  (BufferLength%4U == 2U)
+     {
+       *(uint16_t volatile*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4*i]<<8) | (uint32_t)pBuffer[4*i+1];
+     }
+     if  (BufferLength%4U == 3U)
+     {
+       *(uint16_t volatile*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4*i]<<8) | (uint32_t)pBuffer[4*i+1];
+       *(uint8_t volatile*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4*i+2];       
+     }
+   }
+  
+  /* Return the CRC computed value */ 
+  return hcrc->Instance->DR;
+}
+
+
+
+/**             
+  * @brief  Enter 16-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
+  *         Specific data handling to optimize processing time.  
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer
+  * @param  BufferLength input data buffer length
+  * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
+  */  
+static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+  uint32_t i = 0U;  /* input data buffer index */
+  
+  /* Processing time optimization: 2 HalfWords are entered in a row with a single word write,
+   * in case of odd length, last HalfWord must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure 
+   * a correct type handling by the IP */
+  for(i = 0U; i < (BufferLength/2U); i++)
+  {
+    hcrc->Instance->DR = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[2U*i]<<16U) | (uint32_t)pBuffer[2U*i+1];     
+  }
+  if ((BufferLength%2U) != 0U)
+  {
+       *(uint16_t volatile*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[2*i]; 
+  }
+   
+  /* Return the CRC computed value */ 
+  return hcrc->Instance->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended CRC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the CRC peripheral:
+  *           + Extended initialization functions
+  *         
+  @verbatim
+================================================================================
+            ##### How to use this driver #####
+================================================================================
+    [..]
+         (+) Extended initialization
+         (+) Set or not user-defined generating
+            polynomial other than default one
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************  
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRCEx CRCEx 
+  * @brief CRC Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions CRCEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  * @brief    Extended Initialization and Configuration functions.
+  *
+@verbatim    
+ ===============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize the CRC generating polynomial: if programmable polynomial 
+          feature is applicable to device, set default or non-default generating 
+          polynomial according to hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse parameter.
+          If feature is non-applicable to device in use, HAL_CRCEx_Init straight 
+          away reports HAL_OK.
+      (+) Set the generating polynomial
+ 
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Extended initialization to set generating polynomial
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle             
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */             
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx)
+  /* check whether or not non-default generating polynomial has been 
+   * picked up by user */
+  assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL(hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse)); 
+  if (hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse == DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE)
+  {
+    /* initialize IP with default generating polynomial */
+    WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY);  
+    MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* initialize CRC IP with generating polynomial defined by user */
+    if (HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(hcrc, hcrc->Init.GeneratingPolynomial, hcrc->Init.CRCLength) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) */    
+
+   return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the Reverse Input data mode.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  InputReverseMode Input Data inversion mode
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_NOINVERSION: no change in bit order (default value)
+  *          @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE: Byte-wise bit reversal
+  *          @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD: HalfWord-wise bit reversal
+  *          @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD: Word-wise bit reversal              
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */                                   
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t InputReverseMode)
+{  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(InputReverseMode));
+  
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* set input data inversion mode */
+  MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, InputReverseMode);    
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the Reverse Output data mode.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  OutputReverseMode Output Data inversion mode
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE: no CRC inversion (default value)
+  *          @arg CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE: bit-level inversion (e.g for a 8-bit CRC: 0xB5 becomes 0xAD)            
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */                                   
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t OutputReverseMode)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(OutputReverseMode));
+  
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* set output data inversion mode */
+  MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, OutputReverseMode); 
+      
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#if defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx)
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRC polynomial if different from default one.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  Pol CRC generating polynomial (7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long)
+  *         This parameter is written in normal representation, e.g.
+  *         for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65 
+  *         for a polynomial of degree 16, X^16 + X^12 + X^5 + 1 is written 0x1021     
+  * @param  PolyLength CRC polynomial length 
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B: 7-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 7)
+  *          @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B: 8-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 8)
+  *          @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B: 16-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 16)
+  *          @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B: 32-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 32)                
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */                                   
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t Pol, uint32_t PolyLength)
+{
+  uint32_t msb = 31U; /* polynomial degree is 32 at most, so msb is initialized to max value */
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_POL_LENGTH(PolyLength));
+  
+  /* check polynomial definition vs polynomial size:
+   * polynomial length must be aligned with polynomial
+   * definition. HAL_ERROR is reported if Pol degree is 
+   * larger than that indicated by PolyLength.
+   * Look for MSB position: msb will contain the degree of
+   *  the second to the largest polynomial member. E.g., for
+   *  X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1, msb = 6. */
+  while (((Pol & (1U << msb)) == 0U) && (msb-- > 0U))
+  {}
+
+  switch (PolyLength)
+  {
+    case CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B:
+      if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_7B)
+      {
+        return  HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    case CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B:
+      if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_8B)
+      { 
+        return  HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    case CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B:
+      if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_16B)
+      {
+        return  HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    case CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B:
+      /* no polynomial definition vs. polynomial length issue possible */
+      break;      
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* set generating polynomial */
+  WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, Pol);
+  
+  /* set generating polynomial size */
+  MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, PolyLength);  
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* #if defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_dac.c

@@ -0,0 +1,785 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_dac.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   DAC HAL module driver.
+  *         This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *         functionalities of the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State and Errors functions      
+  *     
+  *
+  @verbatim      
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### DAC Peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]        
+      *** DAC Channels ***
+      ====================  
+    [..]  
+    STM32F0 devices integrates no, one or two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters.
+    STM32F05x devices have one converter (channel1)
+    STM32F07x & STM32F09x devices have two converters (i.e. channel1 & channel2)
+
+    When 2 converters are present (i.e. channel1 & channel2)  they 
+    can be used independently or simultaneously (dual mode):
+      (#) DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 (PA4) as output
+      (#) DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 (PA5) as output
+      
+      *** DAC Triggers ***
+      ====================
+    [..]
+    Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_TRIGGER_NONE
+    and DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is available once writing to DHRx register. 
+    [..] 
+    Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by:
+      (#) External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_PIN_9) using DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9.
+          The used pin (GPIOx_PIN_9) must be configured in input mode.
+  
+      (#) Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM3, TIM6, and TIM15 
+          (DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO, DAC_TRIGGER_T3_TRGO...)
+  
+      (#) Software using DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE
+  
+      *** DAC Buffer mode feature ***
+      =============================== 
+      [..] 
+      Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to 
+      reduce the output impedance, and to drive external loads directly
+      without having to add an external operational amplifier.
+      To enable, the output buffer use  
+      sConfig.DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE;
+      [..]           
+      (@) Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output 
+          impedance value with and without output buffer.
+
+      *** GPIO configurations guidelines ***
+      =====================
+      [..] 
+      When a DAC channel is used (ex channel1 on PA4) and the other is not 
+      (ex channel1 on PA5 is configured in Analog and disabled).
+      Channel1 may disturb channel2 as coupling effect.
+      Note that there is no coupling on channel2 as soon as channel2 is turned on.
+      Coupling on adjacent channel could be avoided as follows:
+      when unused PA5 is configured as INPUT PULL-UP or DOWN. 
+      PA5 is configured in ANALOG just before it is turned on.     
+            
+       *** DAC wave generation feature ***
+       =================================== 
+       [..]     
+       Both DAC channels can be used to generate
+         (#) Noise wave 
+         (#) Triangle wave
+            
+       *** DAC data format ***
+       =======================
+       [..]   
+       The DAC data format can be:
+         (#) 8-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_8B_R
+         (#) 12-bit left alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_L
+         (#) 12-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_R
+  
+       *** DAC data value to voltage correspondance ***  
+       ================================================ 
+       [..] 
+       The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined
+       by the following equation: 
+       [..]
+       DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095
+       (+) with  DOR is the Data Output Register
+       [..]
+          VEF+ is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet)
+       [..]
+        e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to 0.7V, use
+       (+) Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3V, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V
+  
+       *** DMA requests  ***
+       =====================
+       [..]    
+       A DMA1 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not
+       a software trigger) occurs if DMA1 requests are enabled using
+       HAL_DAC_Start_DMA()
+       [..]
+       DMA1 requests are mapped as following:
+         (#) DAC channel1 : mapped on DMA1 channel3 which must be 
+             already configured
+         (#) DAC channel2 : mapped on DMA1 channel4 which must be 
+             already configured
+       
+    (@) For Dual mode and specific signal (Triangle and noise) generation please 
+        refer to Extended Features Driver description        
+        STM32F0 devices with one channel (one converting capability) does not
+        support Dual mode and specific signal (Triangle and noise) generation.
+      
+                      ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]          
+      (+) DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC
+          registers using HAL_DAC_Init()
+      (+) Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode.
+      (+) Configure the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel() function.
+      (+) Enable the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_Start() or HAL_DAC_Start_DMA() functions.
+
+     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+     =================================
+     [..]    
+       (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start() 
+       (+) To read the DAC last data output value, use the HAL_DAC_GetValue() function.
+       (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop()
+       
+     *** DMA mode IO operation ***    
+     ==============================
+     [..]    
+       (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length 
+           of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
+       (+) At the middle of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2()  
+           function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer 
+           HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2()
+       (+) At The end of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2()  
+           function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer 
+           HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2()
+       (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1() function is executed and user can 
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
+       (+) In case of DMA underrun, DAC interruption triggers and execute internal function HAL_DAC_IRQHandler.
+           HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2()  
+           function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer 
+           HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2() and
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1()
+       (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA()
+                    
+     *** DAC HAL driver macros list ***
+     ============================================= 
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in DAC HAL driver.
+       
+      (+) __HAL_DAC_ENABLE : Enable the DAC peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_DAC_DISABLE : Disable the DAC peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DAC's pending flags
+      (+) __HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected DAC's flag status
+      
+     [..]
+      (@) You can refer to the DAC HAL driver header file for more useful macros  
+   
+ @endverbatim    
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */ 
+
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
+    defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \
+    defined(STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx)
+
+/** @defgroup DAC DAC
+  * @brief DAC driver modules
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Macros DAC Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Functions DAC Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions -------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions DAC Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions 
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions 
+ *
+@verbatim    
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize and configure the DAC. 
+      (+) De-initialize the DAC. 
+         
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters
+  *         in the DAC_InitStruct and initialize the associated handle.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Init(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{ 
+  /* Check DAC handle */
+  if(hdac == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance));
+  
+  if(hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET)
+  {  
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hdac->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_DAC_MspInit(hdac);
+  }
+  
+  /* Initialize the DAC state*/
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+  
+  /* Set DAC error code to none */
+  hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE;
+  
+  /* Initialize the DAC state*/
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitialize the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* Check DAC handle */
+  if(hdac == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance));
+
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(hdac);
+
+  /* Set DAC error code to none */
+  hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the DAC MSP.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_MspInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{ 
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the DAC MSP.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.  
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief    IO operation functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+  ==============================================================================
+             ##### IO operation functions #####
+  ==============================================================================  
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Start conversion.
+      (+) Stop conversion.
+      (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
+      (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
+      (+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
+                     
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel The selected DAC channel. 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+  UNUSED(Channel);
+
+  /* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */
+  /*        Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c   */
+  
+  /* Return error status as not implemented here */
+  return HAL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel The selected DAC channel. 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected  
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel);
+  
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel The selected DAC channel. 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @param  pData The destination peripheral Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral
+  * @param  Alignment Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+  UNUSED(Channel);
+  UNUSED(pData);
+  UNUSED(Length);
+  UNUSED(Alignment);
+
+  /* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */
+  /*        Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c   */
+  
+  /* Return error status as not implemented here */
+  return HAL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel The selected DAC channel. 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected   
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+   HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+    
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  
+  /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */
+    hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << Channel);
+    
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel);
+  
+  /* Disable the DMA channel */
+  /* Channel1 is used */
+  if (Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    /* Disable the DMA channel */
+    status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle1);   
+    
+    /* Disable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
+    __HAL_DAC_DISABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1);
+  }
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \
+    defined(STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx)
+  /* Does not apply to STM32F051x8 & STM32F058xx */
+  
+  else /* Channel2 is used for */
+  {
+    /* Disable the DMA channel */
+    status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle2);   
+    
+    /* Disable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
+    __HAL_DAC_DISABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2);
+  }
+#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || */
+       /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */ 
+  
+  /* Check if DMA Channel effectively disabled */
+  if (status != HAL_OK)
+  {
+  /* Update DAC state machine to error */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR; 
+  }
+  else
+  {
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handles DAC interrupt request  
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+
+  /* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */
+  /*        Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel The selected DAC channel. 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected  
+  * @param  Alignment Specifies the data alignment.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+  * @param  Data Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data)
+{  
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data));
+  
+  tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance; 
+  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmp += DAC_DHR12R2_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
+  }
+
+  /* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data;
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel1 
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non-blocking mode for Channel1 
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Error DAC callback for Channel1.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA underrun DAC callback for channel1.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief    Peripheral Control functions 
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+             ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================  
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure channels. 
+      (+) Get result of conversion.
+      
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel The selected DAC channel. 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
+  */
+__weak uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+  UNUSED(Channel);
+
+  /* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */
+  /*        Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c   */
+  
+  /* Return error status as not implemented here */
+  return HAL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the selected DAC channel.
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  sConfig DAC configuration structure.
+  * @param  Channel The selected DAC channel. 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hdac);
+  UNUSED(sConfig);
+  UNUSED(Channel);
+
+  /* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */
+  /*        Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c   */
+  
+  /* Return error status as not implemented here */
+  return HAL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State and Errors functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+  ==============================================================================
+            ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+  ==============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides functions allowing to
+      (+) Check the DAC state.
+      (+) Check the DAC Errors.
+        
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  return the DAC handle state
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef HAL_DAC_GetState(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* Return DAC handle state */
+  return hdac->State;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the DAC error code
+  * @param  hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval DAC Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetError(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+  return hdac->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx ||                */
+       /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || */
+       /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */
+
+#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_dma.c

@@ -0,0 +1,905 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_dma.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   DMA HAL module driver.
+  *    
+  *         This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *         functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral State and errors functions
+  @verbatim     
+  ==============================================================================      
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ============================================================================== 
+  [..]
+   (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Channel
+       (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is 
+       necessary). Please refer to Reference manual for connection between peripherals
+       and DMA requests .
+
+   (#) For a given Channel, program the required configuration through the following parameters:   
+       Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats, 
+       Circular or Normal mode, Channel Priority level, Source and Destination Increment mode, 
+       using HAL_DMA_Init() function.
+
+   (#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error 
+       detection.
+                    
+   (#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer
+                   
+     -@-   In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed.
+     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+     =================================   
+    [..] 
+      (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source 
+          address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred
+      (+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this  
+          case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application.
+
+     *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***    
+     =================================== 
+    [..]
+      (+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+      (+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() 
+      (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of  
+          Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred. 
+          In this case the DMA interrupt is configured 
+      (+) Use HAL_DMA_Channel_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
+      (+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can 
+          add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and 
+          XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA handle structure). 
+
+     *** DMA HAL driver macros list ***
+     ============================================= 
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver.
+
+     [..] 
+      (@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros  
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */ 
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup DMA DMA
+  * @brief DMA HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions DMA Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
+static void DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions DMA Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief   Initialization and de-initialization functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+             ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Channel source
+    and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction, 
+    circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Channel priority value.
+    [..]
+    The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in
+    reference manual.  
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the DMA according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+  * @param  hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.  
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{ 
+  uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+  
+  /* Check the DMA handle allocation */
+  if(NULL == hdma)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority));
+  
+  /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Get the CR register value */
+  tmp = hdma->Instance->CCR;
+  
+  /* Clear PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC, DIR bits */
+  tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_CCR_PL    | DMA_CCR_MSIZE  | DMA_CCR_PSIZE  | \
+                      DMA_CCR_MINC  | DMA_CCR_PINC   | DMA_CCR_CIRC   | \
+                      DMA_CCR_DIR));
+  
+  /* Prepare the DMA Channel configuration */
+  tmp |=  hdma->Init.Direction        |
+          hdma->Init.PeriphInc           | hdma->Init.MemInc           |
+          hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment |
+          hdma->Init.Mode                | hdma->Init.Priority;
+
+  /* Write to DMA Channel CR register */
+  hdma->Instance->CCR = tmp;  
+  
+  /* Initialize DmaBaseAddress and ChannelIndex parameters used 
+     by HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() and HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() */
+  DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(hdma);
+  
+  /* Clean callbacks */
+  hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+  hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+  hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+  hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+  
+  /* Initialise the error code */
+  hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA state*/
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+  hdma->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+}  
+  
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the DMA peripheral 
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.  
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* Check the DMA handle allocation */
+  if(NULL == hdma)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the selected DMA Channelx */
+  hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN;
+
+  /* Reset DMA Channel control register */
+  hdma->Instance->CCR  = 0U;
+
+  /* Reset DMA Channel Number of Data to Transfer register */
+  hdma->Instance->CNDTR = 0U;
+
+  /* Reset DMA Channel peripheral address register */
+  hdma->Instance->CPAR  = 0U;
+  
+  /* Reset DMA Channel memory address register */
+  hdma->Instance->CMAR = 0U;
+
+/* Get DMA Base Address */  
+  DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(hdma);
+
+  /* Clear all flags */
+  hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+
+  /* Initialize the error code */
+  hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA state */
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions 
+ *  @brief   I/O operation functions  
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                      #####  IO operation functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
+      (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and 
+          Start DMA transfer with interrupt
+      (+) Abort DMA transfer
+      (+) Poll for transfer complete
+      (+) Handle DMA interrupt request  
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.  
+  * @param  SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+	HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
+  
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+  
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+  {
+  	/* Change DMA peripheral state */  
+  	hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+  	
+  	hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+  	
+  	/* Disable the peripheral */
+  	hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN;  
+  	
+  	/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
+  	DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
+  	
+  	/* Enable the Peripheral */
+  	hdma->Instance->CCR |= DMA_CCR_EN;  
+  }
+  else
+  {
+  	/* Process Unlocked */
+  	__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+  	
+  	/* Remain BUSY */
+  	status = HAL_BUSY;
+  }  
+
+  return status; 
+} 
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
+  * @param  hdma       pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.  
+  * @param  SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+	HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
+  
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+  
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+  {
+  	/* Change DMA peripheral state */  
+  	hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+  	
+  	hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+  	
+  	/* Disable the peripheral */
+  	hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN;
+  	
+  	/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */  
+  	DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
+  	
+  	/* Enable the transfer complete, & transfer error interrupts */
+  	/* Half transfer interrupt is optional: enable it only if associated callback is available */
+    if(NULL != hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback )
+    {
+      hdma->Instance->CCR |= (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE);
+    }
+  	else
+  	{
+  		hdma->Instance->CCR |= (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE);
+  		hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_IT_HT;
+  	}
+  	
+  	/* Enable the Peripheral */
+  	hdma->Instance->CCR |= DMA_CCR_EN;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+  	/* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); 
+  
+    /* Remain BUSY */
+    status = HAL_BUSY;
+  }     
+  
+  return status;    
+} 
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Abort the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma  pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.                  
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+	/* Disable DMA IT */
+	 hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~(DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE);
+	
+	/* Disable the channel */
+	hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN;
+	
+	/* Clear all flags */
+	hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex);
+	
+	/* Change the DMA state*/
+	hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; 
+	
+	/* Process Unlocked */
+	__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+	
+	return HAL_OK; 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Abort the DMA Transfer in Interrupt mode.
+  * @param  hdma  pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{  
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State)
+  {
+    /* no transfer ongoing */
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
+        
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  { 
+  
+    /* Disable DMA IT */
+    hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~(DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE);
+    
+    /* Disable the channel */
+    hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN;
+    
+    /* Clear all flags */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+    
+    /* Change the DMA state */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+    
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+    
+    /* Call User Abort callback */ 
+    if(hdma->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      hdma->XferAbortCallback(hdma);
+    } 
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Polling for transfer complete.
+  * @param  hdma    pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                  the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param  CompleteLevel Specifies the DMA level complete.  
+  * @param  Timeout       Timeout duration.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t temp;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+  
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State)
+  {
+    /* no transfer ongoing */
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Polling mode not supported in circular mode */
+  if (RESET != (hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC))
+  {
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Get the level transfer complete flag */
+  if(HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER == CompleteLevel)
+  {
+    /* Transfer Complete flag */
+    temp = DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Half Transfer Complete flag */
+    temp = DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+  }
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(RESET == (hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR & temp))
+  {
+    if(RESET != (hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << hdma->ChannelIndex)))
+    {      
+      /* When a DMA transfer error occurs */
+      /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */
+      /* Clear all flags */
+      hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+      
+      /* Update error code */
+      hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
+
+      /* Change the DMA state */
+      hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;       
+      
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+      
+      return HAL_ERROR;      
+    }      
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
+      {
+        /* Update error code */
+        hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+        
+        /* Change the DMA state */
+        hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER == CompleteLevel)
+  {
+    /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+
+    /* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and 
+    all transfers are complete) */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+  }
+  else
+  { 
+    /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+  }
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);  
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle DMA interrupt request.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.  
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+	uint32_t flag_it = hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR;
+  uint32_t source_it = hdma->Instance->CCR;
+          
+  /* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/
+  if ((RESET != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex))) && (RESET != (source_it & DMA_IT_HT)))
+  {
+  	/* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
+  	if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U)
+  	{
+  		/* Disable the half transfer interrupt */
+  		hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_IT_HT;
+  	}
+  	
+  	/* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+  	hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+  	
+  	/* DMA peripheral state is not updated in Half Transfer */
+  	/* State is updated only in Transfer Complete case */
+  	
+  	if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL)
+  	{
+  		/* Half transfer callback */
+  		hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma);
+  	}
+  }
+  
+  /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/
+  else if ((RESET != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex))) && (RESET != (source_it & DMA_IT_TC)))
+  {
+  	if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U)
+  	{
+  		/* Disable the transfer complete  & transfer error interrupts */
+  		/* if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
+  		hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~(DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE);
+  		
+  		/* Change the DMA state */
+  		hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+  	}
+  	
+  	/* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+  	hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+  	
+  	/* Process Unlocked */
+  	__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+  	
+  	if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
+  	{
+  		/* Transfer complete callback */
+  		hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma);
+  	}
+  }
+  
+  /* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/
+  else if (( RESET != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << hdma->ChannelIndex))) && (RESET != (source_it & DMA_IT_TE)))
+  {
+  	/* When a DMA transfer error occurs */
+    /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */
+    /* Then, disable all DMA interrupts */
+    hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~(DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE);
+    
+    /* Clear all flags */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+    
+    /* Update error code */
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
+    
+    /* Change the DMA state */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;    
+    
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); 
+    
+    if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
+    {
+    	/* Transfer error callback */
+    	hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
+    }
+   }
+}  
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Register callbacks
+  * @param  hdma                 pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                               the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+  * @param  CallbackID           User Callback identifer
+  *                               a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
+  * @param  pCallback            pointer to private callback function which has pointer to 
+  *                               a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure as parameter.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */                          
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (* pCallback)( DMA_HandleTypeDef * _hdma))
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+  
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferCpltCallback = pCallback;
+           break;
+       
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+           break;         
+
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferErrorCallback = pCallback;
+           break;         
+           
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferAbortCallback = pCallback;
+           break; 
+           
+     default:
+           status = HAL_ERROR;
+           break;                                                            
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  } 
+  
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+  
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  UnRegister callbacks
+  * @param  hdma                 pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                               the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+  * @param  CallbackID           User Callback identifer
+  *                               a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */              
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_UnRegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+    /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+  
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+           break;
+       
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+           break;         
+
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+           break;         
+           
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+           break; 
+     
+    case   HAL_DMA_XFER_ALL_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+           hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+           hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+           hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+           break; 
+     
+    default:
+           status = HAL_ERROR;
+           break;                                                            
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  } 
+  
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+  
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
+ *  @brief    Peripheral State functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                    ##### State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides functions allowing to
+      (+) Check the DMA state
+      (+) Get error code
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */  
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the DMA state.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.  
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  return hdma->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the DMA error code
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval DMA Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  return hdma->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the DMA Transfer parameters.
+  * @param  hdma       pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.  
+  * @param  SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+	/* Clear all flags */
+  hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR  = (DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex);
+  
+  /* Configure DMA Channel data length */
+  hdma->Instance->CNDTR = DataLength;
+  
+  /* Memory to Peripheral */
+  if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
+  {   
+    /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
+    hdma->Instance->CPAR = DstAddress;
+    
+    /* Configure DMA Channel source address */
+    hdma->Instance->CMAR = SrcAddress;
+  }
+  /* Peripheral to Memory */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Configure DMA Channel source address */
+    hdma->Instance->CPAR = SrcAddress;
+    
+    /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
+    hdma->Instance->CMAR = DstAddress;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  set the DMA base address and channel index depending on DMA instance
+  * @param  hdma       pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. 
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+#if defined (DMA2)
+  /* calculation of the channel index */
+  if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1))
+  {
+    /* DMA1 */
+    hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2U;
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    /* DMA2 */
+    hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2U;
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2;
+  }
+#else
+  /* calculation of the channel index */
+  /* DMA1 */
+  hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2U;
+  hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+  /**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_flash.c

@@ -0,0 +1,706 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_flash.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   FLASH HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
+  *           + Program operations functions
+  *           + Memory Control functions 
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *         
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### FLASH peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses 
+       to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations 
+       and the read and write protection mechanisms.
+
+  [..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
+      prefetch. 
+
+  [..] The FLASH main features are:
+      (+) Flash memory read operations
+      (+) Flash memory program/erase operations
+      (+) Read / write protections
+      (+) Prefetch on I-Code
+      (+) Option Bytes programming
+
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]                             
+      This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH 
+      memory of all STM32F0xx devices.
+    
+      (#) FLASH Memory I/O Programming functions: this group includes all needed
+          functions to erase and program the main memory:
+        (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface
+        (++) Erase function: Erase page, erase all pages
+        (++) Program functions: half word, word and doubleword
+      (#) FLASH Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed
+          functions to manage the Option Bytes:
+        (++) Lock and Unlock the Option Bytes
+        (++) Set/Reset the write protection
+        (++) Set the Read protection Level
+        (++) Program the user Option Bytes
+        (++) Launch the Option Bytes loader
+        (++) Erase Option Bytes
+        (++) Program the data Option Bytes
+        (++) Get the Write protection.
+        (++) Get the user option bytes.
+    
+      (#) Interrupts and flags management functions : this group 
+          includes all needed functions to:
+        (++) Handle FLASH interrupts
+        (++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status
+        (++) Get error flag status
+
+  [..] In addition to these function, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
+       to handle the following operations:
+      
+      (+) Set/Get the latency
+      (+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
+      (+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
+      (+) Monitor the FLASH flags status
+          
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************  
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
+  * @brief FLASH HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Constants FLASH Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro ---------------------------- ---------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Macros FLASH Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+ 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/
+FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static  void   FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
+static  void   FLASH_SetErrorCode(void);
+extern void    FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions 
+  *  @brief   Programming operation functions 
+  *
+@verbatim   
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address
+  * @note   The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+  *         The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
+  *
+  * @note   If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,    
+  *         the erase operation is performed before the program one.
+  *  
+  * @note   FLASH should be previously erased before new programmation (only exception to this 
+  *         is when 0x0000 is programmed)
+  *
+  * @param  TypeProgram   Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
+  *                       This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
+  * @param  Address       Specifie the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data          Specifie the data to be programmed
+  * 
+  * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+  uint8_t index = 0U;
+  uint8_t nbiterations = 0U;
+  
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+  
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
+    {
+      /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
+      nbiterations = 1U;
+    }
+    else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
+    {
+      /* Program word (32-bit = 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */
+      nbiterations = 2U;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Program double word (64-bit = 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */
+      nbiterations = 4U;
+    }
+
+    for (index = 0U; index < nbiterations; index++)
+    {
+      FLASH_Program_HalfWord((Address + (2U*index)), (uint16_t)(Data >> (16U*index)));
+
+        /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+        status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+    
+        /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
+        CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
+      /* In case of error, stop programation procedure */
+      if (status != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address  with interrupt enabled.
+  * @note   The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+  *         The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
+  *
+  * @note   If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,    
+  *         the erase operation is performed before the program one.
+  *
+  * @param  TypeProgram  Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
+  *                      This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
+  * @param  Address      Specifie the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data         Specifie the data to be programmed
+  * 
+  * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+  /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
+  __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR);
+  
+  pFlash.Address = Address;
+  pFlash.Data = Data;
+
+  if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
+  {
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD;
+    /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
+    pFlash.DataRemaining = 1U;
+  }
+  else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
+  {
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD;
+    /* Program word (32-bit : 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */
+    pFlash.DataRemaining = 2U;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMDOUBLEWORD;
+    /* Program double word (64-bit : 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */
+    pFlash.DataRemaining = 4U;
+  }
+
+  /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
+  FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t)Data);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  uint32_t addresstmp = 0U;
+  
+  /* Check FLASH operation error flags */
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) ||__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
+  {
+    /* Return the faulty address */
+    addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
+    /* Reset address */
+    pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+  
+    /* Save the Error code */
+    FLASH_SetErrorCode();
+    
+    /* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
+    HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(addresstmp);
+
+    /* Stop the procedure ongoing */
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+  }
+
+  /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag  */
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
+  {
+    /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+    
+    /* Process can continue only if no error detected */
+    if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE)
+    {
+      if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE)
+      {
+        /* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */
+        pFlash.DataRemaining--;
+
+        /* Check if there are still pages to erase */
+        if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U)
+        {
+          addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
+          /*Indicate user which sector has been erased */
+          HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
+
+          /*Increment sector number*/
+          addresstmp = pFlash.Address + FLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
+          pFlash.Address = addresstmp;
+
+          /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */
+          CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER);
+
+          FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* No more pages to Erase, user callback can be called. */
+          /* Reset Sector and stop Erase pages procedure */
+          pFlash.Address = addresstmp = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+          pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+          /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+          HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
+        }
+      }
+      else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE)
+      {
+        /* Operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
+        CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER);
+
+          /* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank */
+          /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+          HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0);
+
+          /* Stop Mass Erase procedure*/
+          pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+        }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Nb of 16-bit data to program can be decreased */
+        pFlash.DataRemaining--;
+        
+        /* Check if there are still 16-bit data to program */
+        if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U)
+        {
+          /* Increment address to 16-bit */
+          pFlash.Address += 2;
+          addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
+          
+          /* Shift to have next 16-bit data */
+          pFlash.Data = (pFlash.Data >> 16U);
+          
+          /* Operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
+          CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
+
+          /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
+          FLASH_Program_HalfWord(addresstmp, (uint16_t)pFlash.Data);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Program ended. Return the selected address */
+          /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+          if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD)
+          {
+            HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
+          }
+          else if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD)
+          {
+            HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 2U);
+          }
+          else 
+          {
+            HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 6U);
+          }
+        
+          /* Reset Address and stop Program procedure */
+          pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+          pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+
+  if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
+  {
+    /* Operation is completed, disable the PG, PER and MER Bits */
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_MER));
+
+    /* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
+    __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  FLASH end of operation interrupt callback
+  * @param  ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
+  *                 - Mass Erase: No return value expected
+  *                 - Pages Erase: Address of the page which has been erased 
+  *                    (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected pages have been erased)
+  *                 - Program: Address which was selected for data program
+  * @retval none
+  */
+__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(ReturnValue);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  FLASH operation error interrupt callback
+  * @param  ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
+  *                 - Mass Erase: No return value expected
+  *                 - Pages Erase: Address of the page which returned an error
+  *                 - Program: Address which was selected for data program
+  * @retval none
+  */
+__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(ReturnValue);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions 
+ *  @brief   management functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH 
+    memory operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unlock the FLASH control register access
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
+{
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK))
+  {
+    /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY1);
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY2);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK; 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Locks the FLASH control register access
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
+{
+  /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK);
+  
+  return HAL_OK;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
+{
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE))
+  {
+    /* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1);
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }  
+  
+  return HAL_OK;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
+  * @retval HAL Status 
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
+{
+  /* Clear the OPTWRE Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
+  CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE);
+  
+  return HAL_OK;  
+}
+  
+/**
+  * @brief  Launch the option byte loading.
+  * @note   This function will reset automatically the MCU.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
+{
+  /* Set the OBL_Launch bit to launch the option byte loading */
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH);
+  
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */  
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral errors functions 
+ *  @brief    Peripheral errors functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection permit to get in run-time errors of  the FLASH peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the specific FLASH error flag.
+  * @retval FLASH_ErrorCode The returned value can be:
+  *            @ref FLASH_Error_Codes
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
+{
+   return pFlash.ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address.
+  * @param  Address specify the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data    specify the data to be programmed.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
+{
+  /* Clean the error context */
+  pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+  
+    /* Proceed to program the new data */
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
+
+  /* Write data in the address */
+  *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
+  * @param  Timeout  maximum flash operation timeout
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
+     Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
+     flag will be set */
+     
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+     
+  while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY)) 
+  { 
+    if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout))
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag  */
+  if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
+  {
+    /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+  }
+  
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR)  || 
+     __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
+  {
+    /*Save the error code*/
+    FLASH_SetErrorCode();
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* There is no error flag set */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the specific FLASH error flag.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void)
+{
+  uint32_t flags = 0U;
+  
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR))
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
+    flags |= FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR;
+  }
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG;
+    flags |= FLASH_FLAG_PGERR;
+  }
+  /* Clear FLASH error pending bits */
+  __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(flags);
+}  
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_gpio.c

@@ -0,0 +1,543 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_gpio.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   GPIO HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *         
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================         
+  [..] 
+    (+) Each port bit of the general-purpose I/O (GPIO) ports can be individually
+  configured by software in several modes:
+        (++) Input mode
+        (++) Analog mode
+        (++) Output mode
+        (++) Alternate function mode
+        (++) External interrupt/event lines
+ 
+    (+) During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
+  lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
+  
+    (+) All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
+  activated or not.
+           
+    (+) In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
+  type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
+       
+    (+) The microcontroller IO pins are connected to onboard peripherals/modules through a
+        multiplexer that allows only one peripheral alternate function (AF) connected
+  to an IO pin at a time. In this way, there can be no conflict between peripherals 
+  sharing the same IO pin. 
+  
+    (+) All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
+  lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are 
+  connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
+  
+    (+) The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 28 edge detectors
+        (16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each
+        input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event)
+        and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can
+        also be masked independently.
+   
+            ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================  
+  [..]
+   (#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function : __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(). 
+                                    
+   (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
+       (++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+       (++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef 
+            structure.
+       (++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is 
+             configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
+        (++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO
+             is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
+       (++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel 
+            or DAC output.
+       (++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from 
+            GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and 
+            the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
+  
+   (#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority 
+       mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
+       HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+  
+   (#) HAL_GPIO_DeInit allows to set register values to their reset value. It's also 
+       recommended to use it to unconfigure pin which was used as an external interrupt 
+       or in event mode. That's the only way to reset corresponding bit in EXTI & SYSCFG 
+       registers.
+  
+   (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
+  
+   (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use 
+       HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
+  
+   (#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
+  
+   (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not 
+       active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
+       pins).
+  
+   (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose 
+       (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has 
+       priority over the GPIO function.
+  
+   (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as 
+        general purpose PF0 and PF1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
+       The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
+  
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************  
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO
+  * @brief GPIO HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Defines GPIO Private Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+#define GPIO_MODE             (0x00000003U)
+#define EXTI_MODE             (0x10000000U)
+#define GPIO_MODE_IT          (0x00010000U)
+#define GPIO_MODE_EVT         (0x00020000U)
+#define RISING_EDGE           (0x00100000U)
+#define FALLING_EDGE          (0x00200000U)
+#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE      (0x00000010U)
+
+#define GPIO_NUMBER           (16U)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions 
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions 
+ *
+@verbatim    
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ 
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F0 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Init pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef  *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
+{ 
+  uint32_t position = 0x00U;
+  uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00U;
+  uint32_t temp = 0x00U;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull)); 
+
+  /* Configure the port pins */
+  while (((GPIO_Init->Pin) >> position) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Get current io position */
+    iocurrent = (GPIO_Init->Pin) & (1U << position);
+    
+    if(iocurrent)
+    {
+      /*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
+      /* In case of Alternate function mode selection */
+      if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD)) 
+      {
+        /* Check the Alternate function parameters */
+        assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+        assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate));
+        
+        /* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */ 
+        temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3];
+        CLEAR_BIT(temp, 0xFU << ((uint32_t)(position & 0x07U) * 4U)) ;      
+        SET_BIT(temp, (uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Alternate) << (((uint32_t)position & 0x07U) * 4U));       
+        GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3U] = temp;
+      }
+
+      /* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */
+      temp = GPIOx->MODER;
+      CLEAR_BIT(temp, GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2U));   
+      SET_BIT(temp, (GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2U));
+      GPIOx->MODER = temp;
+
+      /* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */
+      if ((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) ||
+          (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
+      {
+        /* Check the Speed parameter */
+        assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
+        /* Configure the IO Speed */
+        temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR; 
+        CLEAR_BIT(temp, GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2U));
+        SET_BIT(temp, GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2U));
+        GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp;
+
+        /* Configure the IO Output Type */
+        temp = GPIOx->OTYPER;
+        CLEAR_BIT(temp, GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
+        SET_BIT(temp, ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE) >> 4U) << position);
+        GPIOx->OTYPER = temp;
+      }
+
+      /* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */
+      temp = GPIOx->PUPDR;
+      CLEAR_BIT(temp, GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2U));
+      SET_BIT(temp, (GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2U));
+      GPIOx->PUPDR = temp;
+
+      /*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
+      /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
+      if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE) 
+      {
+        /* Enable SYSCFG Clock */
+        __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+  
+        temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2];
+        CLEAR_BIT(temp, (0x0FU) << (4U * (position & 0x03U)));
+        SET_BIT(temp, (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4U * (position & 0x03U)));
+        SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2] = temp;
+                  
+        /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
+        temp = EXTI->IMR;
+        CLEAR_BIT(temp, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT)
+        {
+          SET_BIT(temp, iocurrent); 
+        }
+        EXTI->IMR = temp;
+
+        temp = EXTI->EMR;
+        CLEAR_BIT(temp, (uint32_t)iocurrent);      
+        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT)
+        { 
+          SET_BIT(temp, iocurrent); 
+        }
+        EXTI->EMR = temp;
+  
+        /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
+        temp = EXTI->RTSR;
+        CLEAR_BIT(temp, (uint32_t)iocurrent); 
+        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE)
+        {
+          SET_BIT(temp, iocurrent); 
+        }
+        EXTI->RTSR = temp;
+
+        temp = EXTI->FTSR;
+        CLEAR_BIT(temp, (uint32_t)iocurrent); 
+        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE)
+        {
+          SET_BIT(temp, iocurrent); 
+        }
+        EXTI->FTSR = temp;
+      }
+    }
+    
+    position++;
+  } 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F0 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
+  *         This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef  *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  uint32_t position = 0x00U;
+  uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00U;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0x00U;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  /* Configure the port pins */
+  while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Get current io position */
+    iocurrent = GPIO_Pin & (1U << position);
+
+    if (iocurrent)
+    {
+      /*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
+      /* Configure IO Direction in Input Floting Mode */
+      CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->MODER, GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2U)); 
+  
+      /* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */ 
+      CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3U], 0xFU << ((uint32_t)(position & 0x07U) * 4U)) ;
+  
+      /* Configure the default value for IO Speed */
+      CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->OSPEEDR, GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2U));
+                  
+      /* Configure the default value IO Output Type */
+      CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->OTYPER, GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
+  
+      /* Deactivate the Pull-up oand Pull-down resistor for the current IO */
+      CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->PUPDR, GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2U));
+
+      /*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
+      /* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */
+      
+      tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2U];
+      tmp &= ((0x0FU) << (4U * (position & 0x03U)));
+      if(tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4U * (position & 0x03U))))
+      {
+        tmp = (0x0FU) << (4U * (position & 0x03U));
+        CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2U], tmp);
+        
+        /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
+        CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->IMR, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->EMR, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        
+        /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
+        CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
+      }
+    }
+    
+    position++;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions 
+ *  @brief GPIO Read, Write, Toggle, Lock and EXTI management functions.
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                       ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read the specified input port pin.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F0 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to read.
+  *         This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval The input port pin value.
+  */
+GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET)
+  {
+    bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
+  }
+  return bitstatus;
+  }
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set or clear the selected data port bit.
+  * @note   This function uses GPIOx_BSRR and GPIOx_BRR registers to allow atomic read/modify
+  *         accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
+  *         the read and the modify access.
+  *
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F0 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
+  *          This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @param  PinState specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
+  *            @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
+  *            @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
+
+  if (PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
+  {
+    GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    GPIOx->BRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
+  }
+}
+  
+/**
+  * @brief  Toggle the specified GPIO pin.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F0 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the pin to be toggled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  GPIOx->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin;
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief  Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
+* @note   The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
+*         GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
+* @note   The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
+*         until the next reset.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F0 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the port bits to be locked.
+*         This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+* @retval None
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  /* Apply lock key write sequence */
+  SET_BIT(tmp, GPIO_Pin);
+  /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+  /* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
+  /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+  /* Read LCKK bit*/
+  tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
+
+  if((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != RESET)
+  {
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle EXTI interrupt request.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  /* EXTI line interrupt detected */
+  if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != RESET) 
+  { 
+    __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin);
+    HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  EXTI line detection callback.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
+
+  /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   I2C Extended HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of I2C Extended peripheral:
+  *           + Extended features functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+               ##### I2C peripheral Extended features  #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+  [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32F0xx
+       devices contains the following additional features
+
+       (+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
+       (+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
+       (+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter and Wake Up Feature
+    (#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter()
+    (#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter()
+    (#) Configure the enable or disable of I2C Wake Up Mode using the functions :
+          (++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp()
+          (++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp()
+    (#) Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the functions :
+          (++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus()
+          (++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus()
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx I2CEx
+  * @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
+  * @brief    Extended features functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Extended features functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure Noise Filters
+      (+) Configure Wake Up Feature
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure I2C Analog noise filter.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+  * @param  AnalogFilter New state of the Analog filter.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+    /* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_ANFOFF);
+
+    /* Set analog filter bit*/
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter;
+
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure I2C Digital noise filter.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+  * @param  DigitalFilter Coefficient of digital noise filter between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x0F.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+    /* Get the old register value */
+    tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->CR1;
+
+    /* Reset I2Cx DNF bits [11:8] */
+    tmpreg &= ~(I2C_CR1_DNF);
+
+    /* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */
+    tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << 8U;
+
+    /* Store the new register value */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg;
+
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+#if defined(I2C_CR1_WUPEN)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable I2C wakeup from stop mode.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+    /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN;
+
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable I2C wakeup from stop mode.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+    /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_WUPEN);
+
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
+  * @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
+  * @note  For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected
+  *        I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
+  *        on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
+  * @note  For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
+  *        can be enabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
+  *        only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
+
+  /* Enable SYSCFG clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
+  SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
+  * @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
+  * @note  For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled on all selected
+  *        I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
+  *        on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
+  * @note  For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
+  *        can be disabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
+  *        only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
+
+  /* Enable SYSCFG clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_iwdg.c

@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_iwdg.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   IWDG HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the Independent Watchdog (IWDG) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and Start functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### IWDG Generic features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (+) The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable
+        through option byte).
+
+    (+) The IWDG is clocked by Low-Speed clock (LSI) and thus stays active even
+        if the main clock fails.
+
+    (+) Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and both can not be 
+        disabled. The counter starts counting down from the reset value (0xFFF).
+        When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) a reset signal is 
+        generated (IWDG reset).
+
+    (+) Whenever the key value 0x0000 AAAA is written in the IWDG_KR register, 
+        the IWDG_RLR value is reloaded in the counter and the watchdog reset is
+        prevented.
+
+    (+) The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional
+        in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY).
+        IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG
+        reset occurs.
+
+    (+) Debug mode : When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted),
+        the IWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending 
+        on DBG_IWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through
+        __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG() macros
+
+    [..] Min-max timeout value @40KHz (LSI): ~0.1ms / ~26.2s
+         The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32F0xx
+         devices provide the capability to measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock
+         connected internally to TIM16 CH1 input capture). The measured value
+         can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy.
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (#) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :
+      (++) Enable instance by writing Start keyword in IWDG_KEY register. LSI 
+           clock is forced ON and IWDG counter starts downcounting.
+      (++) Enable write access to configuration register: IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR & 
+           IWDG_WINR.
+      (++) Configure the IWDG prescaler and counter reload value. This reload 
+           value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the watchdog is 
+           reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value.
+      (++) wait for status flags to be reset"
+      (++) Depending on window parameter:
+        (+++) If Window Init parameter is same as Window register value, 
+             nothing more is done but reload counter value in order to exit 
+             function withy exact time base.
+        (+++) Else modify Window register. This will automatically reload
+             watchdog counter.
+
+    (#) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular
+        intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
+        HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function.
+
+     *** IWDG HAL driver macros list ***
+     ====================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver:
+      (+) __HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in
+          the reload register
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
+/** @addtogroup IWDG
+  * @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Defines IWDG Private Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Status register need 5 RC LSI divided by prescaler clock to be updated. With 
+   higher prescaler (256), and according to LSI variation, we need to wait at 
+   least 6 cycles so 39 ms. */
+#define HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT            39U
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Start functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+          ##### Initialization and Start functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the 
+          IWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
+      (+) Manage Window option.
+      (+) Once initialization is performed in HAL_IWDG_Init function, Watchdog 
+          is reloaded in order to exit function with correct time base.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the 
+  *         IWDG_InitTypeDef and start watchdog. Before exiting function, 
+  *         watchdog is refreshed in order to have correct time base.
+  * @param  hiwdg  pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* Check the IWDG handle allocation */
+  if(hiwdg == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hiwdg->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(hiwdg->Init.Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(hiwdg->Init.Reload));
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_WINDOW(hiwdg->Init.Window));
+
+  /* Enable IWDG. LSI is turned on automaticaly */
+  __HAL_IWDG_START(hiwdg);
+
+  /* Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers by writing
+  0x5555 in KR */
+  IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS(hiwdg);
+
+  /* Write to IWDG registers the Prescaler & Reload values to work with */
+  hiwdg->Instance->PR = hiwdg->Init.Prescaler;
+  hiwdg->Instance->RLR = hiwdg->Init.Reload;
+
+  /* Check pending flag, if previous update not done, return timeout */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+   /* Wait for register to be updated */
+  while(hiwdg->Instance->SR != RESET)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If window parameter is different than current value, modify window 
+  register */
+  if(hiwdg->Instance->WINR != hiwdg->Init.Window)
+  {
+    /* Write to IWDG WINR the IWDG_Window value to compare with. In any case,
+    even if window feature is disabled, Watchdog will be reloaded by writing 
+    windows register */
+    hiwdg->Instance->WINR = hiwdg->Init.Window;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
+    __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2
+ *  @brief   IO operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Refresh the IWDG.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Refresh the IWDG.
+  * @param  hiwdg  pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
+{
+  /* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
+  __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_pcd_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended PCD HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
+  *           + Configuration of the PMA for EP
+  *         
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F070xB)|| defined(STM32F070x6)
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx
+  * @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCDEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
+  * @brief    PCDEx control functions 
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Update PMA configuration
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Configure PMA for EP
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  ep_addr endpoint address
+  * @param  ep_kind endpoint Kind
+  *                @arg USB_SNG_BUF: Single Buffer used
+  *                @arg USB_DBL_BUF: Double Buffer used
+  * @param  pmaadress EP address in The PMA: In case of single buffer endpoint
+  *                   this parameter is 16-bit value providing the address
+  *                   in PMA allocated to endpoint.
+  *                   In case of double buffer endpoint this parameter
+  *                   is a 32-bit value providing the endpoint buffer 0 address
+  *                   in the LSB part of 32-bit value and endpoint buffer 1 address
+  *                   in the MSB part of 32-bit value.
+  * @retval : status
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, 
+                        uint16_t ep_addr,
+                        uint16_t ep_kind,
+                        uint32_t pmaadress)
+
+{
+  PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+  
+  /* initialize ep structure*/
+  if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U)
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU];
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr];
+  }
+  
+  /* Here we check if the endpoint is single or double Buffer*/
+  if (ep_kind == PCD_SNG_BUF)
+  {
+    /*Single Buffer*/
+    ep->doublebuffer = 0U;
+    /*Configure the PMA*/
+    ep->pmaadress = (uint16_t)pmaadress;
+  }
+  else /*USB_DBL_BUF*/
+  {
+    /*Double Buffer Endpoint*/
+    ep->doublebuffer = 1U;
+    /*Configure the PMA*/
+    ep->pmaaddr0 =  pmaadress & 0xFFFFU;
+    ep->pmaaddr1 =  (pmaadress & 0xFFFF0000U) >> 16U;
+  }
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || STM32F070xB || STM32F070x6 */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_pwr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,470 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_pwr.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   PWR HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization/de-initialization function
+  *           + Peripheral Control function
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR PWR
+  * @brief PWR HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions 
+  *  @brief    Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+      After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data
+      registers) is protected against possible unwanted
+      write accesses.
+      To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
+        (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
+            __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
+        (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
+{
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
+  *         backup data registers when present).
+  * @note  If the HSE divided by 32 is used as the RTC clock, the
+  *         Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
+{
+  PWR->CR |= (uint32_t)PWR_CR_DBP;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
+  *         backup data registers when present).
+  * @note  If the HSE divided by 32 is used as the RTC clock, the
+  *         Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
+{
+  PWR->CR &= ~((uint32_t)PWR_CR_DBP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions 
+  *  @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    
+    *** WakeUp pin configuration ***
+    ================================
+    [..]
+      (+) WakeUp pin is used to wakeup the system from Standby mode. This pin is
+          forced in input pull down configuration and is active on rising edges.
+      (+) There are two WakeUp pins, and up to eight Wakeup pins on STM32F07x & STM32F09x devices.
+         (++)WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00.
+         (++)WakeUp Pin 2 on PC.13.
+         (++)WakeUp Pin 3 on PE.06.(STM32F07x/STM32F09x)
+         (++)WakeUp Pin 4 on PA.02.(STM32F07x/STM32F09x)
+         (++)WakeUp Pin 5 on PC.05.(STM32F07x/STM32F09x)
+         (++)WakeUp Pin 6 on PB.05.(STM32F07x/STM32F09x)
+         (++)WakeUp Pin 7 on PB.15.(STM32F07x/STM32F09x)
+         (++)WakeUp Pin 8 on PF.02.(STM32F07x/STM32F09x)
+
+    *** Low Power modes configuration ***
+    =====================================
+    [..]
+      The devices feature 3 low-power modes:
+      (+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M0 core stopped, peripherals kept running.
+      (+) Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator
+          in low power mode
+      (+) Standby mode: 1.2V domain powered off (mode not available on STM32F0x8 devices).
+
+   *** Sleep mode ***
+   ==================
+    [..]
+      (+) Entry:
+          The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx)
+              functions with
+          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
+          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
+     
+      (+) Exit:
+        (++) Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
+              controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
+
+   *** Stop mode ***
+   =================
+    [..]
+      In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.8V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI,
+      and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents
+      are preserved.
+      The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode.
+      To minimize the consumption.
+
+      (+) Entry:
+          The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI )
+             function with:
+          (++) Main regulator ON.
+          (++) Low Power regulator ON.
+          (++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
+          (++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
+      (+) Exit:
+          (++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode.
+          (++) Some specific communication peripherals (CEC, USART, I2C) interrupts, 
+               when programmed in wakeup mode (the peripheral must be 
+               programmed in wakeup mode and the corresponding interrupt vector 
+               must be enabled in the NVIC)
+
+   *** Standby mode ***
+   ====================
+     [..]
+      The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based
+      on the Cortex-M0 deep sleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled.
+      The 1.8V domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and
+      the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost
+      except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers and Standby circuitry.
+      The voltage regulator is OFF.
+
+      (+) Entry:
+          (++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function.
+      (+) Exit:
+          (++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A), RTC wakeup,
+               tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
+
+   *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode ***
+   =============================================
+    [..]
+      The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
+      Wakeup event, a tamper event, a time-stamp event, or a comparator event, 
+      without depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).
+
+    (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes
+
+      (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to
+            configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
+
+      (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
+           is necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
+           HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTC_SetTamper_IT() functions.
+
+      (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to
+           configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the HAL_RTC_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
+
+    (+) Comparator auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode
+
+      (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with a comparator wakeup event, it is necessary to:
+           (+++) Configure the EXTI Line associated with the comparator (example EXTI Line 22 for comparator 2) 
+                 to be sensitive to to the selected edges (falling, rising or falling 
+                 and rising) (Interrupt or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function.
+           (+++) Configure the comparator to generate the event.      
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
+  * @param WakeUpPinx Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable.
+  *         This parameter can be value of :
+  *           @ref PWREx_WakeUp_Pins
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
+  /* Enable the EWUPx pin */
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
+  * @param WakeUpPinx Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
+  *         This parameter can be values of :
+  *           @ref PWREx_WakeUp_Pins
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
+  /* Disable the EWUPx pin */
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enters Sleep mode.
+  * @note  In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+  * @param Regulator Specifies the regulator state in SLEEP mode.
+  *           On STM32F0 devices, this parameter is a dummy value and it is ignored
+  *           as regulator can't be modified in this mode. Parameter is kept for platform
+  *           compatibility.
+  * @param SLEEPEntry Specifies if SLEEP mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+  *           When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not desired as 
+  *           the interrupt wake up source.
+  *           This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
+  *            @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
+
+  /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk);
+
+  /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
+  if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+    __WFI();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Event */
+    __SEV();
+    __WFE();
+    __WFE();
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enters STOP mode.
+  * @note  In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+  * @note  When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
+  *         the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
+  * @note  When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
+  *         startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
+  *         By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
+  *         is higher although the startup time is reduced.
+  * @param Regulator Specifies the regulator state in STOP mode.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: STOP mode with regulator ON
+  *            @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: STOP mode with low power regulator ON
+  * @param STOPEntry specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI:Enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
+  *            @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
+
+  /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/
+  tmpreg = PWR->CR;
+  
+  /* Clear PDDS and LPDS bits */
+  tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~(PWR_CR_PDDS | PWR_CR_LPDS);
+
+  /* Set LPDS bit according to Regulator value */
+  tmpreg |= Regulator;
+
+  /* Store the new value */
+  PWR->CR = tmpreg;
+
+  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
+
+  /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
+  if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+    __WFI();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Event */
+    __SEV();
+    __WFE();
+    __WFE();
+  }
+
+  /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enters STANDBY mode.
+  * @note  In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for:
+  *          - Reset pad (still available)
+  *          - RTC alternate function pins if configured for tamper, time-stamp, RTC
+  *            Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out.
+  *          - WKUP pins if enabled.
+  *            STM32F0x8 devices, the Stop mode is available, but it is 
+  *            aningless to distinguish between voltage regulator in Low power 
+  *            mode and voltage regulator in Run mode because the regulator 
+  *            not used and the core is supplied directly from an external source.
+  *            Consequently, the Standby mode is not available on those devices.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
+{
+  /* Select STANDBY mode */
+  PWR->CR |= (uint32_t)PWR_CR_PDDS;
+
+  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
+
+  /* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
+  __force_stores();
+#endif
+  /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+  __WFI();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. 
+  * @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor 
+  *       re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
+  *       Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
+  *       interruptions handling.         
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
+{
+  /* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. 
+  * @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor 
+  *       re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.          
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
+{
+  /* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit. 
+  * @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes 
+  *       WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
+{
+  /* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit. 
+  * @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes 
+  *       WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.         
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
+{
+  /* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended PWR HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
+  *           + Extended Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *         
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************  
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx PWREx
+  * @brief    PWREx HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PWREx_Private_Constants PWREx Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define PVD_MODE_IT               (0x00010000U)
+#define PVD_MODE_EVT              (0x00020000U)
+#define PVD_RISING_EDGE           (0x00000001U)
+#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE          (0x00000002U)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+ 
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWREx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Extended Control Functions
+  *  @brief   Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### Peripheral extended control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    
+    *** PVD configuration ***
+    =========================
+    [..]
+      (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a
+          threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR).
+      (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
+          than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
+          line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
+          HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(), HAL_PWR_EnablePVD() functions.
+      (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
+      -@- PVD is not available on STM32F030x4/x6/x8
+
+    *** VDDIO2 Monitor Configuration ***
+    ====================================
+    [..]
+      (+) VDDIO2 monitor is used to monitor the VDDIO2 power supply by comparing it 
+          to VREFInt Voltage
+      (+) This monitor is internally connected to the EXTI line31
+          and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
+          HAL_PWREx_EnableVddio2Monitor() function.
+      -@- VDDIO2 is available on STM32F07x/09x/04x
+                    
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (STM32F031x6) || defined (STM32F051x8) || \
+    defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F091xC) || \
+    defined (STM32F042x6) || defined (STM32F072xB)
+/**
+  * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+  * @param sConfigPVD pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
+  *        information for the PVD.
+  * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
+  *         more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each
+  *         detection level.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode));
+
+  /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */
+  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel);
+  
+  /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+
+  /* Configure interrupt mode */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+  }
+  
+  /* Configure event mode */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
+  }
+  
+  /* Configure the edge */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+  }
+  
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void)
+{
+  PWR->CR |= (uint32_t)PWR_CR_PVDE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void)
+{
+  PWR->CR &= ~((uint32_t)PWR_CR_PVDE);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request.
+  * @note This API should be called under the  PVD_IRQHandler() or PVD_VDDIO2_IRQHandler().
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  /* Check PWR exti flag */
+  if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
+  {
+    /* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */
+    HAL_PWR_PVDCallback();
+
+    /* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+#endif /* defined (STM32F031x6) || defined (STM32F051x8) || */
+       /* defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F091xC) || */
+       /* defined (STM32F042x6) || defined (STM32F072xB)    */
+
+#if defined (STM32F042x6) || defined (STM32F048xx) || \
+    defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || \
+    defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx)
+/**
+  * @brief Enable VDDIO2 monitor: enable Exti 31 and falling edge detection.
+  * @note If Exti 31 is enable correlty and VDDIO2 voltage goes below Vrefint,
+          an interrupt is generated Irq line 1.
+          NVIS has to be enable by user.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableVddio2Monitor(void)
+{
+  __HAL_PWR_VDDIO2_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+  __HAL_PWR_VDDIO2_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the Vddio2 Monitor.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableVddio2Monitor(void)
+{
+  __HAL_PWR_VDDIO2_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
+  __HAL_PWR_VDDIO2_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles the PWR Vddio2 monitor interrupt request.
+  * @note This API should be called under the VDDIO2_IRQHandler() PVD_VDDIO2_IRQHandler().
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_Vddio2Monitor_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  /* Check PWR exti flag */
+  if(__HAL_PWR_VDDIO2_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
+  {
+    /* PWR Vddio2 monitor interrupt user callback */
+    HAL_PWREx_Vddio2MonitorCallback();
+
+    /* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */
+    __HAL_PWR_VDDIO2_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief PWR Vddio2 Monitor interrupt callback
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PWREx_Vddio2MonitorCallback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PWREx_Vddio2MonitorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+#endif /* defined (STM32F042x6) || defined (STM32F048xx) || \
+          defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || \
+          defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,980 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended RCC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities RCC extension peripheral:
+  *           + Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************  
+  */ 
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx RCCEx
+  * @brief RCC Extension HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(CRS)
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Constants RCCEx Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Bit position in register */
+#define CRS_CFGR_FELIM_BITNUMBER    16
+#define CRS_CR_TRIM_BITNUMBER       8
+#define CRS_ISR_FECAP_BITNUMBER     16
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* CRS */
+  
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Macros RCCEx Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions RCCEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions 
+  * @brief    Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks 
+    frequencies.
+    [..] 
+    (@) Important note: Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to
+        select the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in  
+        order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including 
+        the backup registers) are set to their reset values.
+      
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef.
+  * @param  PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks
+  *         (USART, RTC, I2C, CEC and USB).
+  *
+  * @note   Care must be taken when @ref HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select 
+  *         the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in  
+  *         order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including 
+  *         the backup registers) and RCC_BDCR register are set to their reset values.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef  *PeriphClkInit)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+  uint32_t temp_reg = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection));
+  
+  /*---------------------------- RTC configuration -------------------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC))
+  {
+    /* check for RTC Parameters used to output RTCCLK */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection));
+    
+    FlagStatus       pwrclkchanged = RESET;
+
+    /* As soon as function is called to change RTC clock source, activation of the 
+       power domain is done. */
+    /* Requires to enable write access to Backup Domain of necessary */
+    if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED())
+    {
+    __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+      pwrclkchanged = SET;
+    }
+    
+    if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP))
+    {
+      /* Enable write access to Backup domain */
+      SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP);
+      
+      /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+      
+      while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP))
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    
+    /* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selection is modified from reset value */ 
+    temp_reg = (RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL);
+    if((temp_reg != 0x00000000U) && (temp_reg != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)))
+    {
+      /* Store the content of BDCR register before the reset of Backup Domain */
+      temp_reg = (RCC->BDCR & ~(RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL));
+      /* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */
+      __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE();
+      __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE();
+      /* Restore the Content of BDCR register */
+      RCC->BDCR = temp_reg;
+      
+      /* Wait for LSERDY if LSE was enabled */
+      if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp_reg, RCC_BDCR_LSEON))
+      {
+        /* Get Start Tick */
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+        
+        /* Wait till LSE is ready */  
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection);
+
+    /* Require to disable power clock if necessary */
+    if(pwrclkchanged == SET)
+    {
+      __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE();
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*------------------------------- USART1 Configuration ------------------------*/ 
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection));
+    
+    /* Configure the USART1 clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_USART1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection);
+  }
+  
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)\
+ || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+  /*----------------------------- USART2 Configuration --------------------------*/ 
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection));
+    
+    /* Configure the USART2 clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_USART2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection);
+  }
+#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || */
+       /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+  /*----------------------------- USART3 Configuration --------------------------*/ 
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection));
+    
+    /* Configure the USART3 clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_USART3_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection);
+  }
+#endif /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */  
+
+  /*------------------------------ I2C1 Configuration ------------------------*/ 
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection));
+    
+    /* Configure the I2C1 clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_I2C1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection);
+  }
+
+#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F070xB) || defined(STM32F070x6)
+  /*------------------------------ USB Configuration ------------------------*/ 
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_USBCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection));
+    
+    /* Configure the USB clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_USB_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection);
+  }
+#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || STM32F070xB || STM32F070x6 */
+
+#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx)\
+ || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)\
+ || defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)\
+ || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+  /*------------------------------ CEC clock Configuration -------------------*/ 
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_CECCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection));
+    
+    /* Configure the CEC clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_CEC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection);
+  }
+#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx ||                */
+       /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx ||                */
+       /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || */
+       /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal
+  * RCC configuration registers.
+  * @param  PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         returns the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks
+  *         (USART, RTC, I2C, CEC and USB).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef  *PeriphClkInit)
+{
+  /* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/
+  /* Common part first */
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;  
+  /* Get the RTC configuration --------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE();
+  /* Get the USART1 clock configuration --------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE();
+  /* Get the I2C1 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C1_SOURCE();
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)\
+ || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2;
+  /* Get the USART2 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART2_SOURCE();
+#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || */
+       /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3;
+  /* Get the USART3 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART3_SOURCE();
+#endif /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F070xB) || defined(STM32F070x6)
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB;
+  /* Get the USB clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE();
+#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || STM32F070xB || STM32F070x6 */
+
+#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx)\
+ || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)\
+ || defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)\
+ || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC;
+  /* Get the CEC clock source ------------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_CEC_SOURCE();
+#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx ||                */
+       /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx ||                */
+       /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || */
+       /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the peripheral clock frequency
+  * @note   Returns 0 if peripheral clock is unknown
+  * @param  PeriphClk Peripheral clock identifier
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC     RTC peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1  USART1 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1    I2C1 peripheral clock
+  @if STM32F042x6
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB     USB peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC     CEC peripheral clock
+  @endif
+  @if STM32F048xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB     USB peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC     CEC peripheral clock
+  @endif
+  @if STM32F051x8
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC     CEC peripheral clock
+  @endif
+  @if STM32F058xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC     CEC peripheral clock
+  @endif
+  @if STM32F070x6
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB     USB peripheral clock
+  @endif
+  @if STM32F070xB
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB     USB peripheral clock
+  @endif
+  @if STM32F071xB
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2  USART2 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC     CEC peripheral clock
+  @endif
+  @if STM32F072xB
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2  USART2 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB     USB peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC     CEC peripheral clock
+  @endif
+  @if STM32F078xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2  USART2 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB     USB peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC     CEC peripheral clock
+  @endif
+  @if STM32F091xC
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2  USART2 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3  USART2 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC     CEC peripheral clock
+  @endif
+  @if STM32F098xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2  USART2 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3  USART2 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC     CEC peripheral clock
+  @endif
+  * @retval Frequency in Hz (0: means that no available frequency for the peripheral)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk)
+{
+  /* frequency == 0 : means that no available frequency for the peripheral */
+  uint32_t frequency = 0U;
+  
+  uint32_t srcclk = 0U;
+#if defined(USB)
+  uint32_t pllmull = 0U, pllsource = 0U, predivfactor = 0U;
+#endif /* USB */
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClk));
+  
+  switch (PeriphClk)
+  {
+  case RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC:
+    {
+      /* Get the current RTC source */
+      srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE();
+
+      /* Check if LSE is ready and if RTC clock selection is LSE */
+      if ((srcclk == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)))
+      {
+        frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+      }
+      /* Check if LSI is ready and if RTC clock selection is LSI */
+      else if ((srcclk == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY)))
+      {
+        frequency = LSI_VALUE;
+      }
+      /* Check if HSE is ready  and if RTC clock selection is HSI_DIV32*/
+      else if ((srcclk == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY)))
+      {
+        frequency = HSE_VALUE / 32U;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1:
+    {
+      /* Get the current USART1 source */
+      srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE();
+
+      /* Check if USART1 clock selection is PCLK1 */
+      if (srcclk == RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1)
+      {
+        frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+      }
+      /* Check if HSI is ready and if USART1 clock selection is HSI */
+      else if ((srcclk == RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_HSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)))
+      {
+        frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+      }
+      /* Check if USART1 clock selection is SYSCLK */
+      else if (srcclk == RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK)
+      {
+        frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+      }
+      /* Check if LSE is ready  and if USART1 clock selection is LSE */
+      else if ((srcclk == RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)))
+      {
+        frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW)
+  case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2:
+    {
+      /* Get the current USART2 source */
+      srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART2_SOURCE();
+
+      /* Check if USART2 clock selection is PCLK1 */
+      if (srcclk == RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_PCLK1)
+      {
+        frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+      }
+      /* Check if HSI is ready and if USART2 clock selection is HSI */
+      else if ((srcclk == RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_HSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)))
+      {
+        frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+      }
+      /* Check if USART2 clock selection is SYSCLK */
+      else if (srcclk == RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK)
+      {
+        frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+      }
+      /* Check if LSE is ready  and if USART2 clock selection is LSE */
+      else if ((srcclk == RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)))
+      {
+        frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW */
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW)
+  case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3:
+    {
+      /* Get the current USART3 source */
+      srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART3_SOURCE();
+
+      /* Check if USART3 clock selection is PCLK1 */
+      if (srcclk == RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_PCLK1)
+      {
+        frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+      }
+      /* Check if HSI is ready and if USART3 clock selection is HSI */
+      else if ((srcclk == RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_HSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)))
+      {
+        frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+      }
+      /* Check if USART3 clock selection is SYSCLK */
+      else if (srcclk == RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK)
+      {
+        frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+      }
+      /* Check if LSE is ready  and if USART3 clock selection is LSE */
+      else if ((srcclk == RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)))
+      {
+        frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW */
+  case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1:
+    {
+      /* Get the current I2C1 source */
+      srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C1_SOURCE();
+
+      /* Check if HSI is ready and if I2C1 clock selection is HSI */
+      if ((srcclk == RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_HSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)))
+      {
+        frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+      }
+      /* Check if I2C1 clock selection is SYSCLK */
+      else if (srcclk == RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK)
+      {
+        frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#if defined(USB)
+  case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB:
+    {
+      /* Get the current USB source */
+      srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE();
+
+      /* Check if PLL is ready and if USB clock selection is PLL */
+      if ((srcclk == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY)))
+      {
+        /* Get PLL clock source and multiplication factor ----------------------*/
+        pllmull      = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL;
+        pllsource    = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC;
+        pllmull      = (pllmull >> RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL_BITNUMBER) + 2U;
+        predivfactor = (RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV) + 1U;
+
+        if (pllsource == RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_HSE_PREDIV)
+        {
+          /* HSE used as PLL clock source : frequency = HSE/PREDIV * PLLMUL */
+          frequency = (HSE_VALUE/predivfactor) * pllmull;
+        }
+#if defined(RCC_CR2_HSI48ON)
+        else if (pllsource == RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_HSI48_PREDIV)
+        {
+          /* HSI48 used as PLL clock source : frequency = HSI48/PREDIV * PLLMUL */
+          frequency = (HSI48_VALUE / predivfactor) * pllmull;
+        }
+#endif /* RCC_CR2_HSI48ON */
+        else
+        {
+#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F070xB)
+          /* HSI used as PLL clock source : frequency = HSI/PREDIV * PLLMUL */
+          frequency = (HSI_VALUE / predivfactor) * pllmull;
+#else
+          /* HSI used as PLL clock source : frequency = HSI/2U * PLLMUL */
+          frequency = (HSI_VALUE >> 1U) * pllmull;
+#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || STM32F070xB */
+        }
+      }
+#if defined(RCC_CR2_HSI48ON)
+      /* Check if HSI48 is ready and if USB clock selection is HSI48 */
+      else if ((srcclk == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_HSI48) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR2, RCC_CR2_HSI48RDY)))
+      {
+        frequency = HSI48_VALUE;
+      }
+#endif /* RCC_CR2_HSI48ON */
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* USB */
+#if defined(CEC)
+  case RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC:
+    {
+      /* Get the current CEC source */
+      srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_CEC_SOURCE();
+
+      /* Check if HSI is ready and if CEC clock selection is HSI */
+      if ((srcclk == RCC_CECCLKSOURCE_HSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)))
+      {
+        frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+      }
+      /* Check if LSE is ready  and if CEC clock selection is LSE */
+      else if ((srcclk == RCC_CECCLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)))
+      {
+        frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* CEC */
+  default: 
+    {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return(frequency);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#if defined(CRS)
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions 
+ *  @brief  Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+      For devices with Clock Recovery System feature (CRS), RCC Extention HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+      (#) In System clock config, HSI48 needs to be enabled
+
+      (#) Enable CRS clock in IP MSP init which will use CRS functions
+
+      (#) Call CRS functions as follows:
+          (##) Prepare synchronization configuration necessary for HSI48 calibration
+              (+++) Default values can be set for frequency Error Measurement (reload and error limit)
+                        and also HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming.
+              (+++) Macro @ref __HAL_RCC_CRS_RELOADVALUE_CALCULATE can be also used to calculate 
+                        directly reload value with target and synchronization frequencies values
+          (##) Call function @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig which
+              (+++) Reset CRS registers to their default values.
+              (+++) Configure CRS registers with synchronization configuration 
+              (+++) Enable automatic calibration and frequency error counter feature
+           Note: When using USB LPM (Link Power Management) and the device is in Sleep mode, the
+           periodic USB SOF will not be generated by the host. No SYNC signal will therefore be
+           provided to the CRS to calibrate the HSI48 on the run. To guarantee the required clock
+           precision after waking up from Sleep mode, the LSE or reference clock on the GPIOs
+           should be used as SYNC signal.
+
+          (##) A polling function is provided to wait for complete synchronization
+              (+++) Call function @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSWaitSynchronization()
+              (+++) According to CRS status, user can decide to adjust again the calibration or continue
+                        application if synchronization is OK
+              
+      (#) User can retrieve information related to synchronization in calling function
+            @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSGetSynchronizationInfo()
+
+      (#) Regarding synchronization status and synchronization information, user can try a new calibration
+           in changing synchronization configuration and call again HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig.
+           Note: When the SYNC event is detected during the downcounting phase (before reaching the zero value), 
+           it means that the actual frequency is lower than the target (and so, that the TRIM value should be 
+           incremented), while when it is detected during the upcounting phase it means that the actual frequency 
+           is higher (and that the TRIM value should be decremented).
+
+      (#) In interrupt mode, user can resort to the available macros (__HAL_RCC_CRS_XXX_IT). Interrupts will go 
+          through CRS Handler (RCC_IRQn/RCC_IRQHandler)
+              (++) Call function @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig()
+              (++) Enable RCC_IRQn (thanks to NVIC functions)
+              (++) Enable CRS interrupt (@ref __HAL_RCC_CRS_ENABLE_IT)
+              (++) Implement CRS status management in the following user callbacks called from 
+                   HAL_RCCEx_CRS_IRQHandler():
+                   (+++) @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback()
+                   (+++) @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback()
+                   (+++) @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback()
+                   (+++) @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback()
+
+      (#) To force a SYNC EVENT, user can use the function @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSSoftwareSynchronizationGenerate().
+          This function can be called before calling @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig (for instance in Systick handler)
+            
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start automatic synchronization for polling mode
+  * @param  pInit Pointer on RCC_CRSInitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig(RCC_CRSInitTypeDef *pInit)
+{
+  uint32_t value = 0U;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_DIV(pInit->Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_SOURCE(pInit->Source));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_POLARITY(pInit->Polarity));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_RELOADVALUE(pInit->ReloadValue));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_ERRORLIMIT(pInit->ErrorLimitValue));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_HSI48CALIBRATION(pInit->HSI48CalibrationValue));
+
+  /* CONFIGURATION */
+
+  /* Before configuration, reset CRS registers to their default values*/
+  __HAL_RCC_CRS_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_CRS_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  /* Set the SYNCDIV[2:0] bits according to Prescaler value */
+  /* Set the SYNCSRC[1:0] bits according to Source value */
+  /* Set the SYNCSPOL bit according to Polarity value */
+  value = (pInit->Prescaler | pInit->Source | pInit->Polarity);
+  /* Set the RELOAD[15:0] bits according to ReloadValue value */
+  value |= pInit->ReloadValue;
+  /* Set the FELIM[7:0] bits according to ErrorLimitValue value */
+  value |= (pInit->ErrorLimitValue << CRS_CFGR_FELIM_BITNUMBER);
+  WRITE_REG(CRS->CFGR, value);
+
+  /* Adjust HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming */
+  /* Set the TRIM[5:0] bits according to RCC_CRS_HSI48CalibrationValue value */
+  MODIFY_REG(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_TRIM, (pInit->HSI48CalibrationValue << CRS_CR_TRIM_BITNUMBER));
+  
+  /* START AUTOMATIC SYNCHRONIZATION*/
+  
+  /* Enable Automatic trimming & Frequency error counter */
+  SET_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_AUTOTRIMEN | CRS_CR_CEN);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Generate the software synchronization event
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_CRSSoftwareSynchronizationGenerate(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_SWSYNC);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return synchronization info 
+  * @param  pSynchroInfo Pointer on RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_CRSGetSynchronizationInfo(RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef *pSynchroInfo)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(pSynchroInfo != NULL);
+  
+  /* Get the reload value */
+  pSynchroInfo->ReloadValue = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(CRS->CFGR, CRS_CFGR_RELOAD));
+  
+  /* Get HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming */
+  pSynchroInfo->HSI48CalibrationValue = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_TRIM) >> CRS_CR_TRIM_BITNUMBER);
+
+  /* Get Frequency error capture */
+  pSynchroInfo->FreqErrorCapture = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(CRS->ISR, CRS_ISR_FECAP) >> CRS_ISR_FECAP_BITNUMBER);
+
+  /* Get Frequency error direction */
+  pSynchroInfo->FreqErrorDirection = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(CRS->ISR, CRS_ISR_FEDIR));
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief Wait for CRS Synchronization status.
+* @param Timeout  Duration of the timeout
+* @note  Timeout is based on the maximum time to receive a SYNC event based on synchronization
+*        frequency.
+* @note    If Timeout set to HAL_MAX_DELAY, HAL_TIMEOUT will be never returned.
+* @retval Combination of Synchronization status
+*          This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
+*            @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TIMEOUT
+*            @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCOK
+*            @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCWARN
+*            @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCERR
+*            @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS
+*            @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF
+*/
+uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_CRSWaitSynchronization(uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t crsstatus = RCC_CRS_NONE;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+  
+  /* Get timeout */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+  
+  /* Wait for CRS flag or timeout detection */
+  do
+  {
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
+      {
+        crsstatus = RCC_CRS_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Check CRS SYNCOK flag  */
+    if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK))
+    {
+      /* CRS SYNC event OK */
+      crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCOK;
+    
+      /* Clear CRS SYNC event OK bit */
+      __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK);
+    }
+    
+    /* Check CRS SYNCWARN flag  */
+    if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN))
+    {
+      /* CRS SYNC warning */
+      crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCWARN;
+    
+      /* Clear CRS SYNCWARN bit */
+      __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN);
+    }
+    
+    /* Check CRS TRIM overflow flag  */
+    if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF))
+    {
+      /* CRS SYNC Error */
+      crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF;
+    
+      /* Clear CRS Error bit */
+      __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF);
+    }
+    
+    /* Check CRS Error flag  */
+    if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR))
+    {
+      /* CRS SYNC Error */
+      crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCERR;
+    
+      /* Clear CRS Error bit */
+      __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR);
+    }
+    
+    /* Check CRS SYNC Missed flag  */
+    if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS))
+    {
+      /* CRS SYNC Missed */
+      crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS;
+    
+      /* Clear CRS SYNC Missed bit */
+      __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS);
+    }
+    
+    /* Check CRS Expected SYNC flag  */
+    if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC))
+    {
+      /* frequency error counter reached a zero value */
+      __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC);
+    }
+  } while(RCC_CRS_NONE == crsstatus);
+
+  return crsstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Handle the Clock Recovery System interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  uint32_t crserror = RCC_CRS_NONE;
+  /* Get current IT flags and IT sources values */
+  uint32_t itflags = READ_REG(CRS->ISR);
+  uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(CRS->CR);
+
+  /* Check CRS SYNCOK flag  */
+  if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK) != RESET) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCOK) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Clear CRS SYNC event OK flag */
+    WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_SYNCOKC);
+
+    /* user callback */
+    HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback();
+  }
+  /* Check CRS SYNCWARN flag  */
+  else if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN) != RESET) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCWARN) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Clear CRS SYNCWARN flag */
+    WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_SYNCWARNC);
+
+    /* user callback */
+    HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback();
+  }
+  /* Check CRS Expected SYNC flag  */
+  else if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC) != RESET) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_ESYNC) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* frequency error counter reached a zero value */
+    WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_ESYNCC);
+
+    /* user callback */
+    HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback();
+  }
+  /* Check CRS Error flags  */
+  else
+  {
+    if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_ERR) != RESET) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_ERR) != RESET))
+    {
+      if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR) != RESET)
+      {
+        crserror |= RCC_CRS_SYNCERR;
+      }
+      if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS) != RESET)
+      {
+        crserror |= RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS;
+      }
+      if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF) != RESET)
+      {
+        crserror |= RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF;
+      }
+
+      /* Clear CRS Error flags */
+      WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_ERRC);
+    
+      /* user error callback */
+      HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback(crserror);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  RCCEx Clock Recovery System SYNCOK interrupt callback.
+  * @retval none
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  RCCEx Clock Recovery System SYNCWARN interrupt callback.
+  * @retval none
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  RCCEx Clock Recovery System Expected SYNC interrupt callback.
+  * @retval none
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  RCCEx Clock Recovery System Error interrupt callback.
+  * @param  Error Combination of Error status. 
+  *         This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
+  *           @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCERR
+  *           @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS
+  *           @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF
+  * @retval none
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback(uint32_t Error)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(Error);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* CRS */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   SMARTCARD HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides extended firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the SmartCard.
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  =============================================================================
+               ##### SMARTCARD peripheral extended features  #####
+  =============================================================================
+  [..]
+  The Extended SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+    (#) After having configured the SMARTCARD basic features with HAL_SMARTCARD_Init(),
+        then program SMARTCARD advanced features if required (TX/RX pins swap, TimeOut,
+        auto-retry counter,...) in the hsmartcard AdvancedInit structure.
+
+
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070x6) && !defined(STM32F070xB) && !defined(STM32F030xC)
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx SMARTCARDEx
+  * @brief SMARTCARD Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions  SMARTCARD Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  * @brief    Extended control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ===============================================================================
+  [..]
+  This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SMARTCARD.
+     (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config() API allows to configure the Block Length on the fly
+     (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config() API allows to configure the receiver timeout value on the fly
+     (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut() API enables the receiver timeout feature
+     (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut() API disables the receiver timeout feature
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Update on the fly the SMARTCARD block length in RTOR register.
+  * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                    the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+  * @param BlockLength SMARTCARD block length (8-bit long at most)
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t BlockLength)
+{
+  MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_BLEN, ((uint32_t)BlockLength << SMARTCARD_RTOR_BLEN_LSB_POS));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Update on the fly the receiver timeout value in RTOR register.
+  * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                    the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+  * @param TimeOutValue receiver timeout value in number of baud blocks. The timeout
+  *                     value must be less or equal to 0x0FFFFFFFF.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t TimeOutValue)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_VALUE(hsmartcard->Init.TimeOutValue));
+  MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_RTO, TimeOutValue);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
+  * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                    the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+
+  if(hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+    hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set the USART RTOEN bit */
+    SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
+
+    hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
+  * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                    the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+
+  if(hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+    hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Clear the USART RTOEN bit */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
+
+    hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070x6) && !defined(STM32F070xB) && !defined(STM32F030xC)  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_spi_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_spi_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended SPI HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          SPI peripheral extended functionalities :
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPIEx SPIEx
+  * @brief SPI Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPIEx_Private_Constants SPIEx Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SPI_FIFO_SIZE       4
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions SPIEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 IO operation functions
+  *  @brief   Data transfers functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of extended functions to manage the SPI
+    data transfers.
+
+    (#) Rx data flush function:
+        (++) HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Flush the RX fifo.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmpreg;
+  uint8_t  count = 0U;
+  while ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_FRLVL) !=  SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY)
+  {
+    count++;
+    tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
+    UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
+    if (count == SPI_FIFO_SIZE)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_tsc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,824 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_tsc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the Touch Sensing Controller (TSC) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and DeInitialization
+  *           + Channel IOs, Shield IOs and Sampling IOs configuration
+  *           + Start and Stop an acquisition
+  *           + Read acquisition result
+  *           + Interrupts and flags management
+  *         
+  @verbatim
+================================================================================
+                       ##### TSC specific features #####
+================================================================================
+  [..]
+      (+)  Proven and robust surface charge transfer acquisition principle
+
+      (+)  Supports up to 3 capacitive sensing channels per group
+
+      (+)  Capacitive sensing channels can be acquired in parallel offering a very good
+           response time
+
+      (+)  Spread spectrum feature to improve system robustness in noisy environments
+
+      (+)  Full hardware management of the charge transfer acquisition sequence
+
+      (+)  Programmable charge transfer frequency
+
+      (+)  Programmable sampling capacitor I/O pin
+
+      (+)  Programmable channel I/O pin
+
+      (+)  Programmable max count value to avoid long acquisition when a channel is faulty
+
+      (+)  Dedicated end of acquisition and max count error flags with interrupt capability
+
+      (+)  One sampling capacitor for up to 3 capacitive sensing channels to reduce the system
+           components
+      (+)  Compatible with proximity, touchkey, linear and rotary touch sensor implementation
+
+                          ##### How to use this driver #####
+================================================================================
+  [..]
+    (#) Enable the TSC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TSC_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
+
+    (#) GPIO pins configuration
+      (++) Enable the clock for the TSC GPIOs using __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
+      (++) Configure the TSC pins used as sampling IOs in alternate function output Open-Drain mode,
+           and TSC pins used as channel/shield IOs in alternate function output Push-Pull mode
+           using HAL_GPIO_Init() function.
+      (++) Configure the alternate function on all the TSC pins using HAL_xxxx() function.
+
+    (#) Interrupts configuration
+      (++) Configure the NVIC (if the interrupt model is used) using HAL_xxx() function.
+
+    (#) TSC configuration
+      (++) Configure all TSC parameters and used TSC IOs using HAL_TSC_Init() function.
+
+  *** Acquisition sequence ***
+  ===================================
+  [..]
+    (+) Discharge all IOs using HAL_TSC_IODischarge() function.
+    (+) Wait a certain time allowing a good discharge of all capacitors. This delay depends
+        of the sampling capacitor and electrodes design.
+    (+) Select the channel IOs to be acquired using HAL_TSC_IOConfig() function.
+    (+) Launch the acquisition using either HAL_TSC_Start() or HAL_TSC_Start_IT() function.
+        If the synchronized mode is selected, the acquisition will start as soon as the signal
+        is received on the synchro pin.
+    (+) Wait the end of acquisition using either HAL_TSC_PollForAcquisition() or
+        HAL_TSC_GetState() function or using WFI instruction for example.
+    (+) Check the group acquisition status using HAL_TSC_GroupGetStatus() function.
+    (+) Read the acquisition value using HAL_TSC_GroupGetValue() function.
+      
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+#ifdef HAL_TSC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F091xC) || \
+    defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F072xB) ||                         \
+    defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F058xx) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TSC TSC
+  * @brief TSC HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static uint32_t TSC_extract_groups(uint32_t iomask);
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup TSC_Exported_Functions TSC Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup TSC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions 
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions 
+ *
+@verbatim    
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize and configure the TSC.
+      (+) De-initialize the TSC.
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TSC peripheral according to the specified parameters 
+  *         in the TSC_InitTypeDef structure.           
+  * @param  htsc TSC handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Init(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc)
+{
+  /* Check TSC handle allocation */
+  if (htsc == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_CTPH(htsc->Init.CTPulseHighLength));
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_CTPL(htsc->Init.CTPulseLowLength));
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_SS(htsc->Init.SpreadSpectrum));
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_SSD(htsc->Init.SpreadSpectrumDeviation));
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_SS_PRESC(htsc->Init.SpreadSpectrumPrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_PG_PRESC(htsc->Init.PulseGeneratorPrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_MCV(htsc->Init.MaxCountValue));
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_IODEF(htsc->Init.IODefaultMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_SYNC_POL(htsc->Init.SynchroPinPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_ACQ_MODE(htsc->Init.AcquisitionMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_MCE_IT(htsc->Init.MaxCountInterrupt));
+
+  if(htsc->State == HAL_TSC_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    htsc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+  }    
+
+  /* Initialize the TSC state */
+  htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX */
+  HAL_TSC_MspInit(htsc);
+
+  /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/  
+  /* Set TSC parameters */
+
+  /* Enable TSC */
+  htsc->Instance->CR = TSC_CR_TSCE;
+  
+  /* Set all functions */
+  htsc->Instance->CR |= (htsc->Init.CTPulseHighLength |
+                         htsc->Init.CTPulseLowLength |
+                         (uint32_t)(htsc->Init.SpreadSpectrumDeviation << 17U) |
+                         htsc->Init.SpreadSpectrumPrescaler |
+                         htsc->Init.PulseGeneratorPrescaler |
+                         htsc->Init.MaxCountValue |
+                         htsc->Init.SynchroPinPolarity |
+                         htsc->Init.AcquisitionMode);
+
+  /* Spread spectrum */
+  if (htsc->Init.SpreadSpectrum == ENABLE)
+  {
+    htsc->Instance->CR |= TSC_CR_SSE;
+  }
+  
+  /* Disable Schmitt trigger hysteresis on all used TSC IOs */
+  htsc->Instance->IOHCR = (uint32_t)(~(htsc->Init.ChannelIOs | htsc->Init.ShieldIOs | htsc->Init.SamplingIOs));
+
+  /* Set channel and shield IOs */
+  htsc->Instance->IOCCR = (htsc->Init.ChannelIOs | htsc->Init.ShieldIOs);
+  
+  /* Set sampling IOs */
+  htsc->Instance->IOSCR = htsc->Init.SamplingIOs;
+  
+  /* Set the groups to be acquired */
+  htsc->Instance->IOGCSR = TSC_extract_groups(htsc->Init.ChannelIOs);
+  
+  /* Clear interrupts */
+  htsc->Instance->IER &= (uint32_t)(~(TSC_IT_EOA | TSC_IT_MCE));
+  
+  /* Clear flags */
+  htsc->Instance->ICR = (TSC_FLAG_EOA | TSC_FLAG_MCE);
+
+  /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+  
+  /* Initialize the TSC state */
+  htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the TSC peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  htsc TSC handle  
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_DeInit(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc)
+{
+  /* Check TSC handle allocation */
+  if (htsc == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+   
+  /* Change TSC state */
+  htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_BUSY;
+ 
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_TSC_MspDeInit(htsc);
+  
+  /* Change TSC state */
+  htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TSC MSP.
+  * @param  htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified TSC.  
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TSC_MspInit(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htsc);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TSC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file.
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TSC MSP.
+  * @param  htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified TSC.  
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TSC_MspDeInit(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htsc);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TSC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file.
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TSC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief    IO operation functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+             ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Start acquisition in polling mode.
+      (+) Start acquisition in interrupt mode.
+      (+) Stop conversion in polling mode.
+      (+) Stop conversion in interrupt mode.
+      (+) Get group acquisition status.
+      (+) Get group acquisition value.
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the acquisition.
+  * @param  htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Start(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+  
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htsc);
+  
+  /* Change TSC state */
+  htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Clear interrupts */
+  __HAL_TSC_DISABLE_IT(htsc, (TSC_IT_EOA | TSC_IT_MCE));
+
+  /* Clear flags */
+  __HAL_TSC_CLEAR_FLAG(htsc, (TSC_FLAG_EOA | TSC_FLAG_MCE));
+
+  /* Set touch sensing IOs not acquired to the specified IODefaultMode */
+  if (htsc->Init.IODefaultMode == TSC_IODEF_OUT_PP_LOW)
+  {
+    __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_OUTPPLOW(htsc);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_INFLOAT(htsc);
+  }
+  
+  /* Launch the acquisition */
+  __HAL_TSC_START_ACQ(htsc);
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc);
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the interrupt and starts the acquisition
+  * @param  htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Start_IT(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_MCE_IT(htsc->Init.MaxCountInterrupt));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htsc);
+  
+  /* Change TSC state */
+  htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_BUSY;
+  
+  /* Enable end of acquisition interrupt */
+  __HAL_TSC_ENABLE_IT(htsc, TSC_IT_EOA);
+
+  /* Enable max count error interrupt (optional) */
+  if (htsc->Init.MaxCountInterrupt == ENABLE)
+  {
+    __HAL_TSC_ENABLE_IT(htsc, TSC_IT_MCE);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TSC_DISABLE_IT(htsc, TSC_IT_MCE);
+  }
+
+  /* Clear flags */
+  __HAL_TSC_CLEAR_FLAG(htsc, (TSC_FLAG_EOA | TSC_FLAG_MCE));
+  
+  /* Set touch sensing IOs not acquired to the specified IODefaultMode */
+  if (htsc->Init.IODefaultMode == TSC_IODEF_OUT_PP_LOW)
+  {
+    __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_OUTPPLOW(htsc);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_INFLOAT(htsc);
+  }
+  
+  /* Launch the acquisition */
+  __HAL_TSC_START_ACQ(htsc);
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc);
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the acquisition previously launched in polling mode
+  * @param  htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Stop(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htsc);
+  
+  /* Stop the acquisition */
+  __HAL_TSC_STOP_ACQ(htsc);
+
+  /* Set touch sensing IOs in low power mode (output push-pull) */
+  __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_OUTPPLOW(htsc);
+  
+  /* Clear flags */
+  __HAL_TSC_CLEAR_FLAG(htsc, (TSC_FLAG_EOA | TSC_FLAG_MCE));
+  
+  /* Change TSC state */
+  htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc);
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the acquisition previously launched in interrupt mode
+  * @param  htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Stop_IT(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htsc);
+  
+  /* Stop the acquisition */
+  __HAL_TSC_STOP_ACQ(htsc);
+  
+  /* Set touch sensing IOs in low power mode (output push-pull) */
+  __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_OUTPPLOW(htsc);
+  
+  /* Disable interrupts */
+  __HAL_TSC_DISABLE_IT(htsc, (TSC_IT_EOA | TSC_IT_MCE));
+
+  /* Clear flags */
+  __HAL_TSC_CLEAR_FLAG(htsc, (TSC_FLAG_EOA | TSC_FLAG_MCE));
+  
+  /* Change TSC state */
+  htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc);
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the acquisition status for a group
+  * @param  htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+  * @param  gx_index Index of the group
+  * @retval Group status
+  */
+TSC_GroupStatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_GroupGetStatus(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc, uint32_t gx_index)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_GROUP_INDEX(gx_index));
+
+  /* Return the group status */ 
+  return(__HAL_TSC_GET_GROUP_STATUS(htsc, gx_index));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the acquisition measure for a group
+  * @param  htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+  * @param  gx_index Index of the group
+  * @retval Acquisition measure
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_TSC_GroupGetValue(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc, uint32_t gx_index)
+{       
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_GROUP_INDEX(gx_index));
+
+  /* Return the group acquisition counter */ 
+  return htsc->Instance->IOGXCR[gx_index];
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/** @defgroup TSC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief    Peripheral Control functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+             ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure TSC IOs
+      (+) Discharge TSC IOs
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures TSC IOs
+  * @param  htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+  * @param  config pointer to the configuration structure.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_IOConfig(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc, TSC_IOConfigTypeDef* config)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+ 
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htsc);
+
+  /* Stop acquisition */
+  __HAL_TSC_STOP_ACQ(htsc);
+
+  /* Disable Schmitt trigger hysteresis on all used TSC IOs */
+  htsc->Instance->IOHCR = (uint32_t)(~(config->ChannelIOs | config->ShieldIOs | config->SamplingIOs));
+
+  /* Set channel and shield IOs */
+  htsc->Instance->IOCCR = (config->ChannelIOs | config->ShieldIOs);
+  
+  /* Set sampling IOs */
+  htsc->Instance->IOSCR = config->SamplingIOs;
+  
+  /* Set groups to be acquired */
+  htsc->Instance->IOGCSR = TSC_extract_groups(config->ChannelIOs);
+    
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc);
+  
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Discharge TSC IOs
+  * @param  htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+  * @param  choice enable or disable
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_IODischarge(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc, uint32_t choice)
+{       
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htsc);
+  
+  if (choice == ENABLE)
+  {
+    __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_OUTPPLOW(htsc);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_INFLOAT(htsc);
+  }
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc);
+  
+  /* Return the group acquisition counter */ 
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TSC_Exported_Functions_Group4 State functions
+ *  @brief   State functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+            ##### State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides functions allowing to
+      (+) Get TSC state.
+      (+) Poll for acquisition completed.
+      (+) Handles TSC interrupt request.
+         
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TSC state
+  * @param  htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TSC_StateTypeDef HAL_TSC_GetState(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+  
+  if (htsc->State == HAL_TSC_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    /* Check end of acquisition flag */
+    if (__HAL_TSC_GET_FLAG(htsc, TSC_FLAG_EOA) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Check max count error flag */
+      if (__HAL_TSC_GET_FLAG(htsc, TSC_FLAG_MCE) != RESET)
+      {
+        /* Change TSC state */
+        htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Change TSC state */
+        htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_READY;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /* Return TSC state */
+  return htsc->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start acquisition and wait until completion
+  * @note   There is no need of a timeout parameter as the max count error is already
+  *         managed by the TSC peripheral.
+  * @param  htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_PollForAcquisition(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htsc);
+  
+  /* Check end of acquisition */
+  while (HAL_TSC_GetState(htsc) == HAL_TSC_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    /* The timeout (max count error) is managed by the TSC peripheral itself. */
+  }
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc);
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handles TSC interrupt request  
+  * @param  htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_TSC_IRQHandler(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+
+  /* Check if the end of acquisition occured */
+  if (__HAL_TSC_GET_FLAG(htsc, TSC_FLAG_EOA) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Clear EOA flag */
+    __HAL_TSC_CLEAR_FLAG(htsc, TSC_FLAG_EOA);
+  }
+  
+  /* Check if max count error occured */
+  if (__HAL_TSC_GET_FLAG(htsc, TSC_FLAG_MCE) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Clear MCE flag */
+    __HAL_TSC_CLEAR_FLAG(htsc, TSC_FLAG_MCE);
+    /* Change TSC state */
+    htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_ERROR;
+    /* Conversion completed callback */
+    HAL_TSC_ErrorCallback(htsc);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Change TSC state */
+    htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_READY;
+    /* Conversion completed callback */
+    HAL_TSC_ConvCpltCallback(htsc);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TSC_Exported_Functions_Group5 Callback functions
+ *  @brief   Callback functions 
+ *  @{
+ */
+ 
+/**
+  * @brief  Acquisition completed callback in non blocking mode 
+  * @param  htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TSC_ConvCpltCallback(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htsc);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TSC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Error callback in non blocking mode
+  * @param  htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TSC_ErrorCallback(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htsc);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TSC_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TSC_Private_Functions TSC Private Functions
+ *  @{
+ */
+      
+/**
+  * @brief  Utility function used to set the acquired groups mask
+  * @param  iomask Channels IOs mask
+  * @retval Acquired groups mask
+  */
+static uint32_t TSC_extract_groups(uint32_t iomask)
+{
+  uint32_t groups = 0U;
+  uint32_t idx;
+  
+  for (idx = 0U; idx < TSC_NB_OF_GROUPS; idx++)
+  {
+    if ((iomask & (0x0FU << (idx * 4U))) != RESET)
+    {
+      groups |= (1U << idx);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return groups;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+#endif /* defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F091xC) || */
+       /* defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F072xB) ||                         */
+       /* defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F058xx) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F098xx) */
+
+#endif /* HAL_TSC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_uart_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,621 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_uart_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended UART HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following extended
+  *          functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (UART).
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+               ##### UART peripheral extended features  #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+    (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
+
+    (#) For the UART RS485 Driver Enable mode, initialize the UART registers
+        by calling the HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API.
+
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx UARTEx
+  * @brief UART Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Private_Functions UARTEx Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC)
+static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection);
+#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions UARTEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  * @brief    Extended Initialization and Configuration Functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+===============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy
+    in asynchronous mode.
+      (+) For the asynchronous mode the parameters below can be configured:
+        (++) Baud Rate
+        (++) Word Length (Fixed to 8-bits only for LIN mode)
+        (++) Stop Bit
+        (++) Parity
+        (++) Hardware flow control
+        (++) Receiver/transmitter modes
+        (++) Over Sampling Method
+        (++) One-Bit Sampling Method
+      (+) For the asynchronous mode, the following advanced features can be configured as well:
+        (++) TX and/or RX pin level inversion
+        (++) data logical level inversion
+        (++) RX and TX pins swap
+        (++) RX overrun detection disabling
+        (++) DMA disabling on RX error
+        (++) MSB first on communication line
+        (++) auto Baud rate detection
+    [..]
+    The HAL_LIN_Init() and HAL_RS485Ex_Init() APIs follows respectively the LIN and 
+    the UART RS485 mode configuration procedures (details for the procedures are 
+    available in reference manual).
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/*
+  Additional Table:  If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
+                     in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
+                     According to device capability (support or not of 7-bit word length),
+                     frame length is either defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits)
+                     or by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit, 8-bit or 9-bit).
+                     Possible UART frame formats are as listed in the following table:
+            
+      Table 1. UART frame format.             
+      +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+      |       M bit       |  PCE bit  |             UART frame                |
+      |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+      |         0         |     0     |    | SB |    8-bit data   | STB |     |
+      |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+      |         0         |     1     |    | SB | 7-bit data | PB | STB |     |
+      |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+      |         1         |     0     |    | SB |    9-bit data   | STB |     |
+      |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+      |         1         |     1     |    | SB | 8-bit data | PB | STB |     |
+      +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+      |  M1 bit |  M0 bit |  PCE bit  |             UART frame                |
+      |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+      |    0    |    0    |     0     |    | SB |    8 bit data   | STB |     |
+      |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+      |    0    |    0    |     1     |    | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB |     |
+      |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+      |    0    |    1    |     0     |    | SB |    9 bit data   | STB |     |
+      |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+      |    0    |    1    |     1     |    | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB |     |
+      |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+      |    1    |    0    |     0     |    | SB |    7 bit data   | STB |     |
+      |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+      |    1    |    0    |     1     |    | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB |     |
+      +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+*/
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initialize the RS485 Driver enable feature according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @param Polarity select the driver enable polarity.
+  *        This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref UART_DE_POLARITY_HIGH DE signal is active high
+  *          @arg @ref UART_DE_POLARITY_LOW  DE signal is active low
+  * @param AssertionTime Driver Enable assertion time:
+  *                         5-bit value defining the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable)
+  *                         signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time
+  *                         units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate)
+  * @param DeassertionTime Driver Enable deassertion time:
+  *                         5-bit value defining the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a
+  *                         transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal.
+  *                         It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the
+  *                         oversampling rate).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RS485Ex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Polarity, uint32_t AssertionTime, uint32_t DeassertionTime)
+{
+  uint32_t temp = 0x0U;
+
+  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+  if(huart == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Check the Driver Enable UART instance */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_DRIVER_ENABLE_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+  /* Check the Driver Enable polarity */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_DE_POLARITY(Polarity));
+
+  /* Check the Driver Enable assertion time */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_ASSERTIONTIME(AssertionTime));
+
+  /* Check the Driver Enable deassertion time */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_DEASSERTIONTIME(DeassertionTime));
+
+  if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX */
+    HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+  }
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+  if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
+  {
+    UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Driver Enable mode by setting the DEM bit in the CR3 register */
+  SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEM);
+
+  /* Set the Driver Enable polarity */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEP, Polarity);
+
+  /* Set the Driver Enable assertion and deassertion times */
+  temp = (AssertionTime << UART_CR1_DEAT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS);
+  temp |= (DeassertionTime << UART_CR1_DEDT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS);
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_DEDT|USART_CR1_DEAT), temp);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+  /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+  return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC)
+/**
+  * @brief Initialize the LIN mode according to the specified
+  *        parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle .
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @param BreakDetectLength specifies the LIN break detection length.
+  *        This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B 10-bit break detection
+  *          @arg @ref UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B 11-bit break detection
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t BreakDetectLength)
+{
+  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+  if(huart == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the LIN UART instance */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+  /* Check the Break detection length parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(BreakDetectLength));
+
+  /* LIN mode limited to 16-bit oversampling only */
+  if(huart->Init.OverSampling == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* LIN mode limited to 8-bit data length */
+  if(huart->Init.WordLength != UART_WORDLENGTH_8B)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+    HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+  }
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+  if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
+  {
+    UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
+  }
+
+  /* In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+  - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
+  - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_CLKEN);
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN));
+
+  /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */
+  SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LINEN);
+
+  /* Set the USART LIN Break detection length. */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LBDL, BreakDetectLength);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+  /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+  return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended IO operation function 
+  * @brief    Extended UART Interrupt handling function 
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation function #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides function to handle Wake up interrupt call-back.
+        
+    (#) Callback provided in No_Blocking mode:
+        (++) HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC)
+/**
+  * @brief  UART wakeup from Stop mode callback.
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(huart);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+#endif /*!defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC)*/ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  * @brief    Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides extended functions allowing to control the UART.         
+     (+) HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig() API sets Wakeup from Stop mode interrupt flag selection
+     (+) HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode() API allows the UART to wake up the MCU from Stop mode as 
+         long as UART clock is HSI or LSE 
+     (+) HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode() API disables the above feature 
+     (+) HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() API optionally sets the UART node address
+         detection length to more than 4 bits for multiprocessor address mark wake up.
+     (+) HAL_LIN_SendBreak() API transmits the break characters
+
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC)
+/**
+  * @brief Set Wakeup from Stop mode interrupt flag selection.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @param WakeUpSelection address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE bit status.
+  * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *      @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS
+  *      @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_STARTBIT
+  *      @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_READDATA_NONEMPTY
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+
+  /* check the wake-up from stop mode UART instance */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+  /* check the wake-up selection parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_SELECTION(WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Set the wake-up selection scheme */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_WUS, WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent);
+
+  if (WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent == UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS)
+  {
+    UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(huart, WakeUpSelection);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait until REACK flag is set */
+  if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Initialize the UART State */
+    huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable UART Stop Mode.
+  * @note  The UART is able to wake up the MCU from Stop 1 mode as long as UART clock is HSI or LSE.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Check parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set UESM bit */
+  SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable UART Stop Mode.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Check parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Clear UESM bit */
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) */
+
+/**
+  * @brief By default in multiprocessor mode, when the wake up method is set
+  *        to address mark, the UART handles only 4-bit long addresses detection;
+  *        this API allows to enable longer addresses detection (6-, 7- or 8-bit
+  *        long).
+  * @note  Addresses detection lengths are: 6-bit address detection in 7-bit data mode, 
+  *        7-bit address detection in 8-bit data mode, 8-bit address detection in 9-bit data mode.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @param AddressLength this parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_4B 4-bit long address
+  *          @arg @ref UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_7B 6-, 7- or 8-bit long address
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t AddressLength)
+{
+  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+  if(huart == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the address length parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(AddressLength));
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Set the address length */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, AddressLength);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+  /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState to Ready */
+  return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+
+#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC)
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit break characters.
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_SendBreak(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Send break characters */
+  huart->Instance->RQR |= UART_SENDBREAK_REQUEST;
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup UARTEx_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC)
+/**
+  * @brief Initialize the UART wake-up from stop mode parameters when triggered by address detection.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @param WakeUpSelection UART wake up from stop mode parameters.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection)
+{
+  /* Check parmeters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(WakeUpSelection.AddressLength));
+
+  /* Set the USART address length */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, WakeUpSelection.AddressLength);
+
+  /* Set the USART address node */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, ((uint32_t)WakeUpSelection.Address << UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS));
+}
+#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_wwdg.c

@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_wwdg.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   WWDG HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the Window Watchdog (WWDG) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and Configuration function
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### WWDG specific features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed
+    time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (T[6;0] downcounter)
+    before reaching 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter
+    value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F).
+
+    (+) An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed
+        before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This
+        implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window.
+
+    (+) Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
+
+    (+) WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register informs when a WWDG reset has 
+        occurred (check available with __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST)).
+
+    (+) The WWDG downcounter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided
+        by a programmable prescaler.
+	
+    (+) WWDG downcounter clock (Hz) = PCLK / (4096 * Prescaler)
+
+    (+) WWDG timeout (ms) = (1000 * (T[5;0] + 1)) / (WWDG downcounter clock)
+        where T[5;0] are the lowest 6 bits of downcounter.
+
+    (+) WWDG Counter refresh is allowed between the following limits :
+        (++) min time (ms) = (1000 * (T[5;0] - Window)) / (WWDG downcounter clock)
+        (++) max time (ms) = (1000 * (T[5;0] - 0x40)) / (WWDG downcounter clock)
+
+    (+) Min-max timeout value @48 MHz(PCLK): ~85,3us / ~5,46 ms
+	
+    (+) The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety 
+        operations or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is
+        generated. When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, an EWI interrupt
+        is generated and the corresponding interrupt service routine (ISR) can 
+        be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data 
+        logging), before resetting the device.
+        In some applications, the EWI interrupt can be used to manage a software
+        system check and/or system recovery/graceful degradation, without 
+        generating a WWDG reset. In this case, the corresponding interrupt 
+        service routine (ISR) should reload the WWDG counter to avoid the WWDG 
+        reset, then trigger the required actions.
+        Note:When the EWI interrupt cannot be served, e.g. due to a system lock 
+        in a higher priority task, the WWDG reset will eventually be generated.
+
+    (+) Debug mode : When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted),
+        the WWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending 
+        on DBG_WWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through
+        __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_WWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_WWDG() macros
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (+) Enable WWDG APB1 clock using __HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE().
+
+    (+) Set the WWDG prescaler, refresh window, counter value and Early Wakeup 
+        Interrupt mode using using HAL_WWDG_Init() function.
+        This enables WWDG peripheral and the downcounter starts downcounting 
+        from given counter value.
+        Init function can be called again to modify all watchdog parameters, 
+        however if EWI mode has been set once, it can't be clear until next 
+        reset.
+
+    (+) The application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular
+        intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset using
+        HAL_WWDG_Refresh() function. This operation must occur only when
+        the counter is lower than the window value already programmed.
+
+    (+) if Early Wakeup Interrupt mode is enable an interrupt is generated when 
+        the counter reaches 0x40. User can add his own code in weak function 
+        HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback().
+
+     *** WWDG HAL driver macros list ***
+     ==================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in WWDG HAL driver.
+
+      (+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check the selected WWDG's interrupt source.
+      (+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected WWDG's flag status.
+      (+) __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the WWDG's pending flags.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
+/** @defgroup WWDG WWDG
+  * @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions WWDG Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+          ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]  
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize and start the WWDG according to the specified parameters
+          in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
+      (+) Initialize the WWDG MSP.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the WWDG according to the specified.
+  *         parameters in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of  associated handle.
+  * @param  hwwdg  pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Init(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Check the WWDG handle allocation */
+  if(hwwdg == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(hwwdg->Init.Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW(hwwdg->Init.Window));
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(hwwdg->Init.Counter));
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_EWI_MODE(hwwdg->Init.EWIMode));
+
+  /* Init the low level hardware */
+  HAL_WWDG_MspInit(hwwdg);
+
+  /* Set WWDG Counter */
+  WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (WWDG_CR_WDGA | hwwdg->Init.Counter));
+
+  /* Set WWDG Prescaler and Window */
+  WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CFR, (hwwdg->Init.EWIMode | hwwdg->Init.Prescaler | hwwdg->Init.Window));
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the WWDG MSP.
+  * @param  hwwdg  pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @note   When rewriting this function in user file, mechanism may be added
+  *         to avoid multiple initialize when HAL_WWDG_Init function is called
+  *         again to change parameters.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hwwdg);
+
+  /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_WWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief    IO operation functions 
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+  ==============================================================================  
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Refresh the WWDG.
+    (+) Handle WWDG interrupt request and associated function callback.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Refresh the WWDG.
+  * @param  hwwdg  pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Refresh(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Write to WWDG CR the WWDG Counter value to refresh with */
+  WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (hwwdg->Init.Counter));
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle WWDG interrupt request.
+  * @note   The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations
+  *         or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is generated.
+  *         The EWI interrupt is enabled by calling HAL_WWDG_Init function with 
+  *         EWIMode set to WWDG_EWI_ENABLE.
+  *         When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, and EWI interrupt is
+  *         generated and the corresponding Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) can
+  *         be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data
+  *         logging), before resetting the device.
+  * @param  hwwdg  pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Check if Early Wakeup Interrupt is enable */
+  if(__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check if WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt occurred */
+    if(__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Clear the WWDG Early Wakeup flag */
+      __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF);
+
+      /* Early Wakeup callback */ 
+      HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(hwwdg);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  WWDG Early Wakeup callback.
+  * @param  hwwdg  pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef* hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hwwdg);
+
+  /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_adc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,567 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_ll_adc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   ADC LL module driver
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_adc.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+  #include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+  #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (ADC1)
+
+/** @addtogroup ADC_LL ADC
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Definitions of ADC hardware constraints delays */
+/* Note: Only ADC IP HW delays are defined in ADC LL driver driver,           */
+/*       not timeout values:                                                  */
+/*       Timeout values for ADC operations are dependent to device clock      */
+/*       configuration (system clock versus ADC clock),                       */
+/*       and therefore must be defined in user application.                   */
+/*       Refer to @ref ADC_LL_EC_HW_DELAYS for description of ADC timeout     */
+/*       values definition.                                                   */
+/* Note: ADC timeout values are defined here in CPU cycles to be independent  */
+/*       of device clock setting.                                             */
+/*       In user application, ADC timeout values should be defined with       */
+/*       temporal values, in function of device clock settings.               */
+/*       Highest ratio CPU clock frequency vs ADC clock frequency:            */
+/*        - ADC clock from synchronous clock with AHB prescaler 512,          */
+/*          APB prescaler 16, ADC prescaler 4.                                */
+/*        - ADC clock from asynchronous clock (HSI) with prescaler 1,         */
+/*          with highest ratio CPU clock frequency vs HSI clock frequency:    */
+/*          CPU clock frequency max 48MHz, HSI frequency 14MHz: ratio 4.      */
+/* Unit: CPU cycles.                                                          */
+#define ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST          ((uint32_t) 512U * 16U * 4U)
+#define ADC_TIMEOUT_DISABLE_CPU_CYCLES          (ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST * 1U)
+#define ADC_TIMEOUT_STOP_CONVERSION_CPU_CYCLES  (ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST * 1U)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope:           */
+/* common to several ADC instances.                                           */
+/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope:           */
+/* ADC instance.                                                              */
+#define IS_LL_ADC_CLOCK(__CLOCK__)                                             \
+  (   ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV4)                             \
+   || ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2)                             \
+   || ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC)                                      \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_RESOLUTION(__RESOLUTION__)                                   \
+  (   ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_12B)                              \
+   || ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_10B)                              \
+   || ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_8B)                               \
+   || ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_6B)                               \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(__DATA_ALIGN__)                                   \
+  (   ((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT)                            \
+   || ((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_LEFT)                             \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_LOW_POWER(__LOW_POWER__)                                     \
+  (   ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_MODE_NONE)                                 \
+   || ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_AUTOWAIT)                                  \
+   || ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_AUTOPOWEROFF)                              \
+   || ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_AUTOWAIT_AUTOPOWEROFF)                     \
+  )
+
+/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope:           */
+/* ADC group regular                                                          */
+#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__)                         \
+  (   ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE)                      \
+   || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO)                 \
+   || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4)                  \
+   || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO)                 \
+   || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO)                 \
+   || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM15_TRGO)                \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__)                 \
+  (   ((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE)                    \
+   || ((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_CONTINUOUS)                \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__)                       \
+  (   ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE)                 \
+   || ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_LIMITED)              \
+   || ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_UNLIMITED)            \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR(__REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR__)             \
+  (   ((__REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR__) == LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_PRESERVED)           \
+   || ((__REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR__) == LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_OVERWRITTEN)         \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__)          \
+  (   ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE)           \
+   || ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK)             \
+  )
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize registers of all ADC instances belonging to
+  *         the same ADC common instance to their default reset values.
+  * @note   This function is performing a hard reset, using high level
+  *         clock source RCC ADC reset.
+  * @param  ADCxy_COMMON ADC common instance
+  *         (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using helper macro @ref __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() )
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: ADC common registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonDeInit(ADC_Common_TypeDef *ADCxy_COMMON)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON));
+  
+  /* Force reset of ADC clock (core clock) */
+  LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_ADC1);
+  
+  /* Release reset of ADC clock (core clock) */
+  LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_ADC1);
+  
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize registers of the selected ADC instance
+  *         to their default reset values.
+  * @note   To reset all ADC instances quickly (perform a hard reset),
+  *         use function @ref LL_ADC_CommonDeInit().
+  * @note   If this functions returns error status, it means that ADC instance
+  *         is in an unknown state.
+  *         In this case, perform a hard reset using high level
+  *         clock source RCC ADC reset.
+  *         Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_CommonDeInit().
+  * @param  ADCx ADC instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: ADC registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: ADC registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  
+  __IO uint32_t timeout_cpu_cycles = 0U;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
+  
+  /* Disable ADC instance if not already disabled.                            */
+  if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 1U)
+  {
+    /* Set ADC group regular trigger source to SW start to ensure to not      */
+    /* have an external trigger event occurring during the conversion stop    */
+    /* ADC disable process.                                                   */
+    LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource(ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE);
+    
+    /* Stop potential ADC conversion on going on ADC group regular.           */
+    if(LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(ADCx) != 0U)
+    {
+      if(LL_ADC_REG_IsStopConversionOngoing(ADCx) == 0U)
+      {
+        LL_ADC_REG_StopConversion(ADCx);
+      }
+    }
+    
+    /* Wait for ADC conversions are effectively stopped                       */
+    timeout_cpu_cycles = ADC_TIMEOUT_STOP_CONVERSION_CPU_CYCLES;
+    while (LL_ADC_REG_IsStopConversionOngoing(ADCx) == 1U)
+    {
+      if(timeout_cpu_cycles-- == 0U)
+      {
+        /* Time-out error */
+        status = ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+    
+    /* Disable the ADC instance */
+    LL_ADC_Disable(ADCx);
+    
+    /* Wait for ADC instance is effectively disabled */
+    timeout_cpu_cycles = ADC_TIMEOUT_DISABLE_CPU_CYCLES;
+    while (LL_ADC_IsDisableOngoing(ADCx) == 1U)
+    {
+      if(timeout_cpu_cycles-- == 0U)
+      {
+        /* Time-out error */
+        status = ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /* Check whether ADC state is compliant with expected state */
+  if(READ_BIT(ADCx->CR,
+              (  ADC_CR_ADSTP | ADC_CR_ADSTART
+               | ADC_CR_ADDIS | ADC_CR_ADEN   )
+             )
+     == 0U)
+  {
+    /* ========== Reset ADC registers ========== */
+    /* Reset register IER */
+    CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->IER,
+              (  LL_ADC_IT_ADRDY
+               | LL_ADC_IT_EOC
+               | LL_ADC_IT_EOS
+               | LL_ADC_IT_OVR
+               | LL_ADC_IT_EOSMP
+               | LL_ADC_IT_AWD1 )
+             );
+    
+    /* Reset register ISR */
+    SET_BIT(ADCx->ISR,
+            (  LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY
+             | LL_ADC_FLAG_EOC
+             | LL_ADC_FLAG_EOS
+             | LL_ADC_FLAG_OVR
+             | LL_ADC_FLAG_EOSMP
+             | LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD1 )
+           );
+    
+    /* Reset register CR */
+    /* Bits ADC_CR_ADCAL, ADC_CR_ADSTP, ADC_CR_ADSTART are in access mode     */
+    /* "read-set": no direct reset applicable.                                */
+    /* No action on register CR */
+    
+    /* Reset register CFGR1 */
+    CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CFGR1,
+              (  ADC_CFGR1_AWDCH   | ADC_CFGR1_AWDEN  | ADC_CFGR1_AWDSGL  | ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN
+               | ADC_CFGR1_AUTOFF  | ADC_CFGR1_WAIT   | ADC_CFGR1_CONT    | ADC_CFGR1_OVRMOD
+               | ADC_CFGR1_EXTEN   | ADC_CFGR1_EXTSEL | ADC_CFGR1_ALIGN   | ADC_CFGR1_RES
+               | ADC_CFGR1_SCANDIR | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG | ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN                     )
+             );
+    
+    /* Reset register CFGR2 */
+    /* Note: Update of ADC clock mode is conditioned to ADC state disabled:   */
+    /*       already done above.                                              */
+    CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CFGR2, ADC_CFGR2_CKMODE);
+    
+    /* Reset register SMPR */
+    CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SMPR, ADC_SMPR_SMP);
+
+    /* Reset register TR */
+    MODIFY_REG(ADCx->TR, ADC_TR_HT | ADC_TR_LT, ADC_TR_HT);
+    
+    /* Reset register CHSELR */
+#if defined(ADC_CCR_VBATEN)
+    CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CHSELR,
+              (  ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL18 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL17 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL16
+               | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL15 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL14 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL13 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL12
+               | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL11 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL10 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL9  | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL8
+               | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL7  | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL6  | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL5  | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL4
+               | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL3  | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL2  | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL1  | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL0 )
+             );
+#else
+    CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CHSELR,
+              (                       ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL17 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL16
+               | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL15 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL14 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL13 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL12
+               | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL11 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL10 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL9  | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL8
+               | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL7  | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL6  | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL5  | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL4
+               | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL3  | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL2  | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL1  | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL0 )
+             );
+#endif
+    
+    /* Reset register DR */
+    /* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable */
+    
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* ADC instance is in an unknown state */
+    /* Need to performing a hard reset of ADC instance, using high level      */
+    /* clock source RCC ADC reset.                                            */
+    /* Caution: On this STM32 serie, if several ADC instances are available   */
+    /*          on the selected device, RCC ADC reset will reset              */
+    /*          all ADC instances belonging to the common ADC instance.       */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize some features of ADC instance.
+  * @note   These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC instance.
+  *         Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
+  *         @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Instance .
+  * @note   The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
+  *         is conditioned to ADC state:
+  *         ADC instance must be disabled.
+  *         This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
+  *         and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
+  *         features can be set under different ADC state conditions
+  *         (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
+  *         ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
+  *         Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
+  *         and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
+  *         refer to description of each function for setting
+  *         conditioned to ADC state.
+  * @note   After using this function, some other features must be configured
+  *         using LL unitary functions.
+  *         The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
+  *          - Set ADC group regular sequencer:
+  *            map channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
+  *            Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels();
+  *          - Set ADC channel sampling time
+  *            Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
+  * @param  ADCx ADC instance
+  * @param  ADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
+  
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_CLOCK(ADC_InitStruct->Clock));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_RESOLUTION(ADC_InitStruct->Resolution));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_LOW_POWER(ADC_InitStruct->LowPowerMode));
+  
+  /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function):       */
+  /*       ADC instance must be disabled.                                     */
+  if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope:                               */
+    /*  - ADC instance                                                        */
+    /*    - Set ADC data resolution                                           */
+    /*    - Set ADC conversion data alignment                                 */
+    /*    - Set ADC low power mode                                            */
+    MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CFGR1,
+                 ADC_CFGR1_RES
+               | ADC_CFGR1_ALIGN
+               | ADC_CFGR1_WAIT
+               | ADC_CFGR1_AUTOFF
+              ,
+                 ADC_InitStruct->Resolution
+               | ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment
+               | ADC_InitStruct->LowPowerMode
+              );
+    
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  ADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                        whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_ADC_StructInit(LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set ADC_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  /* Set fields of ADC instance */
+  ADC_InitStruct->Clock         = LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2;
+  ADC_InitStruct->Resolution    = LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_12B;
+  ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment = LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT;
+  ADC_InitStruct->LowPowerMode  = LL_ADC_LP_MODE_NONE;
+  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize some features of ADC group regular.
+  * @note   These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC group regular.
+  *         Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
+  *         @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Regular
+  *         (functions with prefix "REG").
+  * @note   The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
+  *         is conditioned to ADC state:
+  *         ADC instance must be disabled.
+  *         This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
+  *         and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
+  *         features can be set under different ADC state conditions
+  *         (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
+  *         ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
+  *         Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
+  *         and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
+  *         refer to description of each function for setting
+  *         conditioned to ADC state.
+  * @note   After using this function, other features must be configured
+  *         using LL unitary functions.
+  *         The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
+  *          - Set ADC group regular sequencer:
+  *            map channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
+  *            Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels();
+  *          - Set ADC channel sampling time
+  *            Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
+  * @param  ADCx ADC instance
+  * @param  ADC_REG_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_ADC_REG_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *ADC_REG_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR(ADC_REG_InitStruct->Overrun));
+  
+  /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function):       */
+  /*       ADC instance must be disabled.                                     */
+  if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope:                               */
+    /*  - ADC group regular                                                   */
+    /*    - Set ADC group regular trigger source                              */
+    /*    - Set ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode                */
+    /*    - Set ADC group regular continuous mode                             */
+    /*    - Set ADC group regular conversion data transfer: no transfer or    */
+    /*      transfer by DMA, and DMA requests mode                            */
+    /*    - Set ADC group regular overrun behavior                            */
+    /* Note: On this STM32 serie, ADC trigger edge is set to value 0x0 by     */
+    /*       setting of trigger source to SW start.                           */
+    MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CFGR1,
+                 ADC_CFGR1_EXTSEL
+               | ADC_CFGR1_EXTEN
+               | ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN
+               | ADC_CFGR1_CONT
+               | ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN
+               | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG
+               | ADC_CFGR1_OVRMOD
+              ,
+                 ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource
+               | ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont
+               | ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode
+               | ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer
+               | ADC_REG_InitStruct->Overrun
+              );
+
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  ADC_REG_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                            whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_ADC_REG_StructInit(LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *ADC_REG_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set ADC_REG_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  /* Set fields of ADC group regular */
+  /* Note: On this STM32 serie, ADC trigger edge is set to value 0x0 by       */
+  /*       setting of trigger source to SW start.                             */
+  ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource    = LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
+  ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont = LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE;
+  ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode   = LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE;
+  ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer      = LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE;
+  ADC_REG_InitStruct->Overrun          = LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_OVERWRITTEN;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* ADC1 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_comp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_ll_comp.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   COMP LL module driver
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_comp.h"
+
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+  #include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+  #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (COMP1) || defined (COMP2)
+
+/** @addtogroup COMP_LL COMP
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup COMP_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Check of parameters for configuration of COMP hierarchical scope:          */
+/* COMP instance.                                                             */
+
+#define IS_LL_COMP_POWER_MODE(__POWER_MODE__)                                  \
+  (   ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_HIGHSPEED)                        \
+   || ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_MEDIUMSPEED)                      \
+   || ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_LOWPOWER)                         \
+   || ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_ULTRALOWPOWER)                    \
+  )
+
+/* Note: On this STM32 serie, comparator input plus parameters are            */
+/*       the different depending on COMP instances.                           */
+#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __INPUT_PLUS__)               \
+  (((__COMP_INSTANCE__) == COMP1)                                              \
+    ? (                                                                        \
+          ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO1)                         \
+       || ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_DAC1_CH1)                    \
+      )                                                                        \
+      :                                                                        \
+      (                                                                        \
+          ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO1)                         \
+      )                                                                        \
+  )
+
+/* Note: On this STM32 serie, comparator input minus parameters are           */
+/*       the same on all COMP instances.                                      */
+/*       However, comparator instance kept as macro parameter for             */
+/*       compatibility with other STM32 families.                             */
+#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __INPUT_MINUS__)             \
+  (   ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_1_4VREFINT)                    \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_1_2VREFINT)                    \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_3_4VREFINT)                    \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_VREFINT)                       \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_DAC1_CH1)                      \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_DAC1_CH2)                      \
+   || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO1)                           \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_HYSTERESIS(__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__)                      \
+  (   ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_NONE)                      \
+   || ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_LOW)                       \
+   || ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_MEDIUM)                    \
+   || ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_HIGH)                      \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_SELECTION(__OUTPUT_SELECTION__)                      \
+  (   ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_NONE)                          \
+   || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1_BKIN)                     \
+   || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1_IC1)                      \
+   || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1_OCCLR)                    \
+   || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM2_IC4)                      \
+   || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM2_OCCLR)                    \
+   || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM3_IC1)                      \
+   || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM3_OCCLR)                    \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_POLARITY(__POLARITY__)                               \
+  (   ((__POLARITY__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUTPOL_NONINVERTED)                        \
+   || ((__POLARITY__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUTPOL_INVERTED)                           \
+  )
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup COMP_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup COMP_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize registers of the selected COMP instance
+  *         to their default reset values.
+  * @note   If comparator is locked, de-initialization by software is
+  *         not possible.
+  *         The only way to unlock the comparator is a device hardware reset.
+  * @param  COMPx COMP instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: COMP registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: COMP registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_COMP_DeInit(COMP_TypeDef *COMPx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(COMPx));
+  
+  /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function):       */
+  /*       COMP instance must not be locked.                                  */
+  if(LL_COMP_IsLocked(COMPx) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Note: Connection switch is applicable only to COMP instance COMP1,     */
+    /*       therefore is COMP2 is selected the equivalent bit is             */
+    /*       kept unmodified.                                                 */
+    if(COMPx == COMP1)
+    {
+      CLEAR_BIT(COMP->CSR,
+                (  COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE
+                 | COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL
+                 | COMP_CSR_COMP1SW1
+                 | COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL
+                 | COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST
+                 | COMP_CSR_COMP1POL
+                 | COMP_CSR_COMP1EN
+                ) << __COMP_BITOFFSET_INSTANCE(COMPx)
+               );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      CLEAR_BIT(COMP->CSR,
+                (  COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE
+                 | COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL
+                 | COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL
+                 | COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST
+                 | COMP_CSR_COMP1POL
+                 | COMP_CSR_COMP1EN
+                ) << __COMP_BITOFFSET_INSTANCE(COMPx)
+               );
+    }
+    
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Comparator instance is locked: de-initialization by software is         */
+    /* not possible.                                                           */
+    /* The only way to unlock the comparator is a device hardware reset.       */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize some features of COMP instance.
+  * @note   This function configures features of the selected COMP instance.
+  *         Some features are also available at scope COMP common instance
+  *         (common to several COMP instances).
+  *         Refer to functions having argument "COMPxy_COMMON" as parameter.
+  * @param  COMPx COMP instance
+  * @param  COMP_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_COMP_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: COMP registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: COMP registers are not initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_COMP_Init(COMP_TypeDef *COMPx, LL_COMP_InitTypeDef *COMP_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(COMPx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_POWER_MODE(COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS(COMPx, COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS(COMPx, COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_HYSTERESIS(COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_SELECTION(COMP_InitStruct->OutputSelection));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_POLARITY(COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity));
+  
+  /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function)        */
+  /*       COMP instance must not be locked.                                  */
+  if(LL_COMP_IsLocked(COMPx) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Configuration of comparator instance :                                 */
+    /*  - PowerMode                                                           */
+    /*  - InputPlus                                                           */
+    /*  - InputMinus                                                          */
+    /*  - InputHysteresis                                                     */
+    /*  - OutputSelection                                                     */
+    /*  - OutputPolarity                                                      */
+    /* Note: Connection switch is applicable only to COMP instance COMP1,     */
+    /*       therefore is COMP2 is selected the equivalent bit is             */
+    /*       kept unmodified.                                                 */
+    if(COMPx == COMP1)
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(COMP->CSR,
+                 (  COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE
+                  | COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL
+                  | COMP_CSR_COMP1SW1
+                  | COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL
+                  | COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST
+                  | COMP_CSR_COMP1POL
+                 ) << __COMP_BITOFFSET_INSTANCE(COMPx)
+                ,
+                 (  COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode
+                  | COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus
+                  | COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus
+                  | COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis
+                  | COMP_InitStruct->OutputSelection
+                  | COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity
+                 ) << __COMP_BITOFFSET_INSTANCE(COMPx)
+                );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(COMP->CSR,
+                 (  COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE
+                  | COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL
+                  | COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL
+                  | COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST
+                  | COMP_CSR_COMP1POL
+                 ) << __COMP_BITOFFSET_INSTANCE(COMPx)
+                ,
+                 (  COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode
+                  | COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus
+                  | COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus
+                  | COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis
+                  | COMP_InitStruct->OutputSelection
+                  | COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity
+                 ) << __COMP_BITOFFSET_INSTANCE(COMPx)
+                );
+    }
+    
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Initialization error: COMP instance is locked.                         */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each @ref LL_COMP_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param COMP_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_COMP_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                         whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_COMP_StructInit(LL_COMP_InitTypeDef *COMP_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set COMP_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode            = LL_COMP_POWERMODE_ULTRALOWPOWER;
+  COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus            = LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO1;
+  COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus           = LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_VREFINT;
+  COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis      = LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_NONE;
+  COMP_InitStruct->OutputSelection      = LL_COMP_OUTPUT_NONE;
+  COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity       = LL_COMP_OUTPUTPOL_NONINVERTED;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* COMP1 || COMP2 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_crc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_ll_crc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   CRC LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_crc.h"
+
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (CRC)
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize CRC registers (Registers restored to their default values).
+  * @param  CRCx CRC Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: CRC registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: CRC registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_TypeDef *CRCx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(CRCx));
+
+  if (CRCx == CRC)
+  {
+#if defined(CRC_PROG_POLYNOMIAL_SUPPORT)
+    /* Set programmable polynomial size in CR register to reset value (32 bits)*/
+    LL_CRC_SetPolynomialSize(CRCx, LL_CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B);
+
+    /* Set programmable polynomial in POL register to reset value */
+    LL_CRC_SetPolynomialCoef(CRCx, LL_CRC_DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY);
+#endif
+
+    /* Set INIT register to reset value */
+    LL_CRC_SetInitialData(CRCx, LL_CRC_DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE);
+
+    /* Set Reversibility options on I/O data values in CR register to reset value */
+    LL_CRC_SetInputDataReverseMode(CRCx, LL_CRC_INDATA_REVERSE_NONE);
+    LL_CRC_SetOutputDataReverseMode(CRCx, LL_CRC_OUTDATA_REVERSE_NONE);
+
+    /* Reset the CRC calculation unit */
+    LL_CRC_ResetCRCCalculationUnit(CRCx);
+
+    /* Reset IDR register */
+    LL_CRC_Write_IDR(CRCx, 0x00U);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined (CRC) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_crs.c

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_ll_crs.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   CRS LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_crs.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(CRS)
+
+/** @defgroup CRS_LL CRS
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup CRS_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CRS_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-Initializes CRS peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: CRS registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_CRS_DeInit(void)
+{
+  LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRS);
+  LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRS);
+
+  return  SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined(CRS) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_dac.c

@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_ll_dac.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   DAC LL module driver
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_dac.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+  #include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+  #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (DAC1)
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_LL DAC
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(DAC_CHANNEL2_SUPPORT)
+#define IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(__DACX__, __DAC_CHANNEL__)                           \
+  (                                                                            \
+      ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1)                                  \
+   || ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2)                                  \
+  )
+#else
+#define IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(__DACX__, __DAC_CHANNEL__)                           \
+  (                                                                            \
+   ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1)                                     \
+  )
+#endif /* DAC_CHANNEL2_SUPPORT */
+
+#define IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(__TRIGGER_SOURCE__)                           \
+  (   ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE)                           \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM7_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM15_TRGO)                     \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9)                     \
+  )
+
+#if defined(DAC_CR_WAVE1)
+#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__)           \
+  (   ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)     \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NOISE)    \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_TRIANGLE) \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__)      \
+  (   ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0)     \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS1_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS2_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS3_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS4_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS5_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS6_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS7_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS8_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS9_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS10_0) \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS11_0) \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1)       \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_3)       \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_7)       \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_15)      \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_31)      \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_63)      \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_127)     \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_255)     \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_511)     \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1023)    \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_2047)    \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_4095)    \
+  )
+#endif
+
+#define IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(__OUTPUT_BUFFER__)                             \
+  (   ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE)                     \
+   || ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_DISABLE)                    \
+  )
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize registers of the selected DAC instance
+  *         to their default reset values.
+  * @param  DACx DAC instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: DAC registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_TypeDef *DACx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx));
+  
+  /* Force reset of DAC clock */
+  LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1);
+  
+  /* Release reset of DAC clock */
+  LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1);
+  
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize some features of DAC instance.
+  * @note   The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_DAC_Init()
+  *         is conditioned to DAC state:
+  *         DAC instance must be disabled.
+  * @param  DACx DAC instance
+  * @param  DAC_Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2 (1)
+  *         
+  *         (1) On this STM32 serie, parameter not available on all devices.
+  *             Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
+  * @param  DAC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: DAC registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: DAC registers are not initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_DAC_Init(DAC_TypeDef *DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(DACx, DAC_Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer));
+#if defined(DAC_CR_WAVE1)
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration));
+  if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig));
+  }
+#endif
+  
+  /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function)        */
+  /*       DAC instance must be disabled.                                     */
+  if(LL_DAC_IsEnabled(DACx, DAC_Channel) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Configuration of DAC channel:                                          */
+    /*  - TriggerSource                                                       */
+#if defined(DAC_CR_WAVE1)
+    /*  - WaveAutoGeneration                                                  */
+#endif
+    /*  - OutputBuffer                                                        */
+#if defined(DAC_CR_WAVE1)
+    if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR,
+                 (  DAC_CR_TSEL1
+                  | DAC_CR_WAVE1
+                  | DAC_CR_MAMP1
+                  | DAC_CR_BOFF1
+                 ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+                ,
+                 (  DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource
+                  | DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration
+                  | DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig
+                  | DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer
+                 ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+                );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR,
+                 (  DAC_CR_TSEL1
+                  | DAC_CR_WAVE1
+                  | DAC_CR_BOFF1
+                 ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+                ,
+                 (  DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource
+                  | LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE
+                  | DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer
+                 ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+                );
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Initialization error: DAC instance is not disabled.                    */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param DAC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                       whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_DAC_StructInit(LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set DAC_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource            = LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
+#if defined(DAC_CR_WAVE1)
+  DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration       = LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE;
+  /* Note: Parameter discarded if wave auto generation is disabled,           */
+  /*       set anyway to its default value.                                   */
+  DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig = LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0;
+#endif
+  DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer             = LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* DAC1 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_dma.c

@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_ll_dma.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   DMA LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_dma.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (DMA1) || defined (DMA2)
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_LL DMA
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(__VALUE__)          (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_MODE(__VALUE__)               (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_CIRCULAR))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(__VALUE__)      (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_INCREMENT) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(__VALUE__)      (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_INCREMENT) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(__VALUE__)     (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE)      || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(__VALUE__)     (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE)      || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(__VALUE__)             ((__VALUE__)  <= 0x0000FFFFU)
+
+#if (defined(DMA1_CSELR_DEFAULT)||defined(DMA2_CSELR_DEFAULT))
+#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHREQUEST(__VALUE__)      (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_0)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_1)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_2)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_3)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_4)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_5)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_6)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_7)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_8)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_9)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_10) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_11) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_12) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_13) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_14) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_15))
+#endif
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(__VALUE__)           (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW)    || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH)   || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_VERYHIGH))
+
+#if defined (DMA2)
+#if defined (DMA2_Channel6) && defined (DMA2_Channel7)
+#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL)  ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
+                                                         (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))) || \
+                                                         (((INSTANCE) == DMA2) && \
+                                                         (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))))
+#else
+#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL)  ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
+                                                         (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))) || \
+                                                         (((INSTANCE) == DMA2) && \
+                                                         (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5))))
+#endif
+#else
+#if defined(DMA1_Channel6) && defined(DMA1_Channel7)
+#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL)  ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
+                                                            (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)|| \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))))
+#elif defined (DMA1_Channel6)
+#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL)  ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
+                                                            (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)|| \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6))))
+#else
+#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL)  ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
+                                                            (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)|| \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5))))
+#endif /* DMA1_Channel6 && DMA1_Channel7 */
+#endif
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the DMA registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  DMAx DMAx Instance
+  * @param  Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6 (*)
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7 (*)
+  *
+  *         (*) value not defined in all devices
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: DMA registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: DMA registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+uint32_t LL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  DMA_Channel_TypeDef *tmp = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *)DMA1_Channel1;
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
+
+    tmp = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *)(__LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
+
+    /* Disable the selected DMAx_Channely */
+    CLEAR_BIT(tmp->CCR, DMA_CCR_EN);
+
+    /* Reset DMAx_Channely control register */
+    LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CCR, 0U);
+
+    /* Reset DMAx_Channely remaining bytes register */
+    LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CNDTR, 0U);
+
+    /* Reset DMAx_Channely peripheral address register */
+    LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CPAR, 0U);
+
+    /* Reset DMAx_Channely memory address register */
+    LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CMAR, 0U);
+
+#if (defined(DMA1_CSELR_DEFAULT)||defined(DMA2_CSELR_DEFAULT))
+    /* Reset Request register field for DMAx Channel */
+    LL_DMA_SetPeriphRequest(DMAx, Channel, LL_DMA_REQUEST_0);
+#endif
+
+    if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel1 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI1(DMAx);
+    }
+    else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel2 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI2(DMAx);
+    }
+    else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel3 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI3(DMAx);
+    }
+    else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel4 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI4(DMAx);
+    }
+    else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel5 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI5(DMAx);
+    }
+
+#if defined(DMA1_Channel6)
+    else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel6 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI6(DMAx);
+    }
+#endif
+#if defined(DMA1_Channel7)
+    else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel7 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI7(DMAx);
+    }
+#endif
+    else
+    {
+      status = ERROR;
+    }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the DMA registers according to the specified parameters in DMA_InitStruct.
+  * @note   To convert DMAx_Channely Instance to DMAx Instance and Channely, use helper macros :
+  *         @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_INSTANCE
+  *         @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL
+  * @param  DMAx DMAx Instance
+  * @param  Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6 (*)
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7 (*)
+  *
+  *         (*) value not defined in all devices
+  * @param  DMA_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: DMA registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: Not applicable
+  */
+uint32_t LL_DMA_Init(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel, LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
+
+  /* Check the DMA parameters from DMA_InitStruct */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(DMA_InitStruct->Direction));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(DMA_InitStruct->NbData));
+#if (defined(DMA1_CSELR_DEFAULT)||defined(DMA2_CSELR_DEFAULT))
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHREQUEST(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest));
+#endif
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->Priority));
+
+  /*---------------------------- DMAx CCR Configuration ------------------------
+   * Configure DMAx_Channely: data transfer direction, data transfer mode,
+   *                          peripheral and memory increment mode,
+   *                          data size alignment and  priority level with parameters :
+   * - Direction:      DMA_CCR_DIR and DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM bits
+   * - Mode:           DMA_CCR_CIRC bit
+   * - PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode:  DMA_CCR_PINC bit
+   * - MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode:  DMA_CCR_MINC bit
+   * - PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize: DMA_CCR_PSIZE[1:0] bits
+   * - MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize: DMA_CCR_MSIZE[1:0] bits
+   * - Priority:               DMA_CCR_PL[1:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->Direction              | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->Mode                   | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode  | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode  | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->Priority);
+
+  /*-------------------------- DMAx CMAR Configuration -------------------------
+   * Configure the memory or destination base address with parameter :
+   * - MemoryOrM2MDstAddress: DMA_CMAR_MA[31:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_DMA_SetMemoryAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress);
+
+  /*-------------------------- DMAx CPAR Configuration -------------------------
+   * Configure the peripheral or source base address with parameter :
+   * - PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress: DMA_CPAR_PA[31:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_DMA_SetPeriphAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress);
+
+  /*--------------------------- DMAx CNDTR Configuration -----------------------
+   * Configure the peripheral base address with parameter :
+   * - NbData: DMA_CNDTR_NDT[15:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_DMA_SetDataLength(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->NbData);
+
+#if (defined(DMA1_CSELR_DEFAULT)||defined(DMA2_CSELR_DEFAULT))
+  /*--------------------------- DMAx CSELR Configuration -----------------------
+   * Configure the DMA request for DMA instance on Channel x with parameter :
+   * - PeriphRequest: DMA_CSELR[31:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_DMA_SetPeriphRequest(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest);
+#endif
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  DMA_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_DMA_StructInit(LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set DMA_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress  = 0x00000000U;
+  DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress  = 0x00000000U;
+  DMA_InitStruct->Direction              = LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY;
+  DMA_InitStruct->Mode                   = LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL;
+  DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode  = LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT;
+  DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode  = LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT;
+  DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize = LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE;
+  DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize = LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE;
+  DMA_InitStruct->NbData                 = 0x00000000U;
+#if (defined(DMA1_CSELR_DEFAULT)||defined(DMA2_CSELR_DEFAULT))
+  DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest          = LL_DMA_REQUEST_0;
+#endif
+  DMA_InitStruct->Priority               = LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* DMA1 || DMA2 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_exti.c

@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_ll_exti.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   EXTI LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_exti.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (EXTI)
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_LL EXTI
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(__VALUE__)              (((__VALUE__) & ~LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL_0_31) == 0x00000000U)
+
+#define IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(__VALUE__)                   (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT)            \
+                                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT)         \
+                                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT))
+
+
+#define IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(__VALUE__)                (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE)       \
+                                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING)     \
+                                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING)    \
+                                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the EXTI registers to their default reset values.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: EXTI registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+uint32_t LL_EXTI_DeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Interrupt mask register set to default reset values */
+#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F031x6) ||defined(STM32F038xx)
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR,   0x0FF40000U);
+#elif defined(STM32F070x6) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx)
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR,   0x7FF40000U);
+#elif defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR,   0x0F940000U);
+#else
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR,   0x7F840000U);
+#endif
+  /* Event mask register set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(EMR,   0x00000000U);
+  /* Rising Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RTSR,  0x00000000U);
+  /* Falling Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FTSR,  0x00000000U);
+  /* Software interrupt event register set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(SWIER, 0x00000000U);
+  /* Pending register clear */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(PR,    0x007BFFFFU);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the EXTI registers according to the specified parameters in EXTI_InitStruct.
+  * @param  EXTI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: EXTI registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+uint32_t LL_EXTI_Init(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->Mode));
+
+  /* ENABLE LineCommand */
+  if (EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand != DISABLE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger));
+
+    /* Configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
+    if (EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 != LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE)
+    {
+      switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Mode)
+      {
+        case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT:
+          /* First Disable Event on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          /* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          break;
+        case LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT:
+          /* First Disable IT on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          /* Then Enable Event on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          break;
+        case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT:
+          /* Directly Enable IT & Event on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          break;
+        default:
+          status = ERROR;
+          break;
+      }
+      if (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger != LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE)
+      {
+        switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger)
+        {
+          case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING:
+            /* First Disable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_DisableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            /* Then Enable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            break;
+          case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING:
+            /* First Disable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_DisableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            /* Then Enable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            break;
+          case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING:
+            LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            break;
+          default:
+            status = ERROR;
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* DISABLE LineCommand */
+  else
+  {
+    /* De-configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
+    LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+    LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  EXTI_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_EXTI_StructInit(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
+{
+  EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31      = LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE;
+  EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand    = DISABLE;
+  EXTI_InitStruct->Mode           = LL_EXTI_MODE_IT;
+  EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger        = LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined (EXTI) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_gpio.c

@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_ll_gpio.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   GPIO LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_gpio.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF)
+
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(__VALUE__)          (((0x00000000U) < (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= (LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL)))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(__VALUE__)         (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_INPUT)     ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT)    ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE) ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(__VALUE__)  (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL)  ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_OPENDRAIN))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(__VALUE__)        (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW)       ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM)    ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(__VALUE__)         (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_NO)   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_UP)   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_DOWN))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_ALTERNATE(__VALUE__)    (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_0  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_1  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_2  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_3  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_4  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_5  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_6  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_7 ))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize GPIO registers (Registers restored to their default values).
+  * @param  GPIOx GPIO Port
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR:   Wrong GPIO Port
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+
+  /* Force and Release reset on clock of GPIOx Port */
+  if (GPIOx == GPIOA)
+  {
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
+  }
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOB)
+  {
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
+  }
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOC)
+  {
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
+  }
+#if defined(GPIOD)
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOD)
+  {
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD);
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD);
+  }
+#endif /* GPIOD */
+#if defined(GPIOE)
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOE)
+  {
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE);
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE);
+  }
+#endif /* GPIOE */
+#if defined(GPIOF)
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOF)
+  {
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF);
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF);
+  }
+#endif /* GPIOF */
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize GPIO registers according to the specified parameters in GPIO_InitStruct.
+  * @param  GPIOx GPIO Port
+  * @param  GPIO_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are initialized according to GPIO_InitStruct content
+  *          - ERROR:   Not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t pinpos     = 0x00000000U;
+  uint32_t currentpin = 0x00000000U;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->Pin));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_InitStruct->Pull));
+
+  /* ------------------------- Configure the port pins ---------------- */
+  /* Initialize  pinpos on first pin set */
+  /* pinpos = 0; useless as already done in default initialization */
+
+  /* Configure the port pins */
+  while (((GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) >> pinpos) != 0x00000000U)
+  {
+    /* Get current io position */
+    currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) & (0x00000001U << pinpos);
+
+    if (currentpin)
+    {
+      /* Pin Mode configuration */
+      LL_GPIO_SetPinMode(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Mode);
+
+      if ((GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE))
+      {
+        /* Check Speed mode parameters */
+        assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->Speed));
+
+        /* Speed mode configuration */
+        LL_GPIO_SetPinSpeed(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Speed);
+      }
+
+      /* Pull-up Pull down resistor configuration*/
+      LL_GPIO_SetPinPull(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Pull);
+
+      if (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE)
+      {
+        /* Check Alternate parameter */
+        assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_ALTERNATE(GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate));
+
+        /* Speed mode configuration */
+        if (currentpin < LL_GPIO_PIN_8)
+        {
+          LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_0_7(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_8_15(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    pinpos++;
+  }
+
+  if ((GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE))
+  {
+    /* Check Output mode parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType));
+
+    /* Output mode configuration*/
+    LL_GPIO_SetPinOutputType(GPIOx, GPIO_InitStruct->Pin, GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType);
+
+  }
+  return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param GPIO_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                          whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+
+void LL_GPIO_StructInit(LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */
+  GPIO_InitStruct->Pin        = LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->Mode       = LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->Speed      = LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType = LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->Pull       = LL_GPIO_PULL_NO;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate  = LL_GPIO_AF_0;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_i2c.c

@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_ll_i2c.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   I2C LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_i2c.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (I2C1) || defined (I2C2)
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_LL I2C
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(__VALUE__)    (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_I2C)          || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_HOST)   || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE_ARP))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(__VALUE__)      (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(__VALUE__)     ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000000FU)
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(__VALUE__)       ((__VALUE__) <= 0x000003FFU)
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(__VALUE__)   (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ACK) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_NACK))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(__VALUE__)       (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_10BIT))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the I2C registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  I2Cx I2C Instance.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: I2C registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: I2C registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+uint32_t LL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx));
+
+  if (I2Cx == I2C1)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1);
+
+    /* Release reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1);
+  }
+#if defined(I2C2)
+  else if (I2Cx == I2C2)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2);
+
+    /* Release reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2);
+
+  }
+#endif
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the I2C registers according to the specified parameters in I2C_InitStruct.
+  * @param  I2Cx I2C Instance.
+  * @param  I2C_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: I2C registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: Not applicable
+  */
+uint32_t LL_I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx));
+
+  /* Check the I2C parameters from I2C_InitStruct */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize));
+
+  /* Disable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */
+  LL_I2C_Disable(I2Cx);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ------------------------
+   * Configure the analog and digital noise filters with parameters :
+   * - AnalogFilter: I2C_CR1_ANFOFF bit
+   * - DigitalFilter: I2C_CR1_DNF[3:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_I2C_ConfigFilters(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter, I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx TIMINGR Configuration --------------------
+   * Configure the SDA setup, hold time and the SCL high, low period with parameter :
+   * - Timing: I2C_TIMINGR_PRESC[3:0], I2C_TIMINGR_SCLDEL[3:0], I2C_TIMINGR_SDADEL[3:0],
+   *           I2C_TIMINGR_SCLH[7:0] and I2C_TIMINGR_SCLL[7:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_I2C_SetTiming(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->Timing);
+
+  /* Enable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */
+  LL_I2C_Enable(I2Cx);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------
+   * Disable, Configure and Enable I2Cx device own address 1 with parameters :
+   * - OwnAddress1:  I2C_OAR1_OA1[9:0] bits
+   * - OwnAddrSize:  I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE bit
+   */
+  LL_I2C_DisableOwnAddress1(I2Cx);
+  LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize);
+
+  /* OwnAdress1 == 0 is reserved for General Call address */
+  if (I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1 != 0U)
+  {
+    LL_I2C_EnableOwnAddress1(I2Cx);
+  }
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx MODE Configuration -----------------------
+  * Configure I2Cx peripheral mode with parameter :
+   * - PeripheralMode: I2C_CR1_SMBDEN and I2C_CR1_SMBHEN bits
+   */
+  LL_I2C_SetMode(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------
+   * Configure the ACKnowledge or Non ACKnowledge condition
+   * after the address receive match code or next received byte with parameter :
+   * - TypeAcknowledge: I2C_CR2_NACK bit
+   */
+  LL_I2C_AcknowledgeNextData(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  I2C_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_I2C_StructInit(LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set I2C_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode  = LL_I2C_MODE_I2C;
+  I2C_InitStruct->Timing          = 0U;
+  I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter    = LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE;
+  I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter   = 0U;
+  I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1     = 0U;
+  I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge = LL_I2C_NACK;
+  I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize     = LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* I2C1 || I2C2 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_pwr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_ll_pwr.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   PWR LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_pwr.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(PWR)
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_LL PWR
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the PWR registers to their default reset values.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: PWR registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_PWR_DeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Force reset of PWR clock */
+  LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
+
+  /* Release reset of PWR clock */
+  LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* defined(PWR) */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,599 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   RCC LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+  #include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+  #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(RCC)
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_LL RCC
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) && defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW)
+#define IS_LL_RCC_USART_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__)  (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE) \
+                                            || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE) \
+                                            || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE))
+#elif defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) && !defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW)
+#define IS_LL_RCC_USART_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__)  (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE) \
+                                            || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE))
+#elif defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) && !defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW)
+#define IS_LL_RCC_USART_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__)  (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE) \
+                                            || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE))
+#else
+#define IS_LL_RCC_USART_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__)  (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE))
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW && RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW */
+
+#define IS_LL_RCC_I2C_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__)     ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE)
+
+#if defined(USB)
+#define IS_LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__)    (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE))
+#endif /* USB */
+
+#if defined(CEC)
+#define IS_LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__)    (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE))
+#endif /* CEC */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCC_LL_Private_Functions RCC Private functions
+  * @{
+  */
+uint32_t RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(void);
+uint32_t RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency);
+uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency);
+uint32_t RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS(void);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reset the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state.
+  * @note   The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below:
+  *         - HSI ON and used as system clock source
+  *         - HSE and PLL OFF
+  *         - AHB and APB1 prescaler set to 1.
+  *         - CSS, MCO OFF
+  *         - All interrupts disabled
+  * @note   This function doesn't modify the configuration of the
+  *         - Peripheral clocks
+  *         - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RCC registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RCC_DeInit(void)
+{
+  uint32_t vl_mask = 0U;
+
+  /* Set HSION bit */
+  LL_RCC_HSI_Enable();
+
+  /* Set HSITRIM bits to the reset value*/
+  LL_RCC_HSI_SetCalibTrimming(0x10U);
+
+  /* Reset SW, HPRE, PPRE and MCOSEL bits */
+  vl_mask = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+  CLEAR_BIT(vl_mask, (RCC_CFGR_SW | RCC_CFGR_HPRE | RCC_CFGR_PPRE | RCC_CFGR_MCOSEL));
+  LL_RCC_WriteReg(CFGR, vl_mask);
+
+  /* Reset HSEON, CSSON, PLLON bits */
+  vl_mask = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+  CLEAR_BIT(vl_mask, (RCC_CR_PLLON | RCC_CR_CSSON | RCC_CR_HSEON));
+  LL_RCC_WriteReg(CR, vl_mask);
+
+  /* Reset HSEBYP bit */
+  LL_RCC_HSE_DisableBypass();
+
+  /* Reset CFGR register */
+  LL_RCC_WriteReg(CFGR, 0x00000000U);
+
+#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT)
+  /* Reset CR2 register */
+  LL_RCC_WriteReg(CR2, 0x00000000U);
+
+  /* Disable HSI48 */
+  LL_RCC_HSI48_Disable();
+
+#endif /*RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT*/
+  /* Set HSI14TRIM/HSI14ON/HSI14DIS bits to the reset value*/
+  LL_RCC_HSI14_SetCalibTrimming(0x10U);
+  LL_RCC_HSI14_Disable();
+  LL_RCC_HSI14_EnableADCControl();
+
+  /* Reset CFGR2 register */
+  LL_RCC_WriteReg(CFGR2, 0x00000000U);
+
+  /* Reset CFGR3 register */
+  LL_RCC_WriteReg(CFGR3, 0x00000000U);
+
+  /* Clear pending flags */
+#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT)
+  vl_mask = (LL_RCC_CIR_LSIRDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_LSERDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSIRDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSERDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_PLLRDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSI14RDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSI48RDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_CSSC);
+#else
+  vl_mask = (LL_RCC_CIR_LSIRDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_LSERDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSIRDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSERDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_PLLRDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSI14RDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_CSSC);
+#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */
+  SET_BIT(RCC->CIR, vl_mask);
+
+  /* Disable all interrupts */
+  LL_RCC_WriteReg(CIR, 0x00000000U);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_EF_Get_Freq
+  * @brief  Return the frequencies of different on chip clocks;  System, AHB and APB1 buses clocks
+  *         and different peripheral clocks available on the device.
+  * @note   If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(**)
+  * @note   If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(***)
+  * @note   If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on 
+  *         HSI_VALUE(**) or HSE_VALUE(***) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors.
+  * @note   (**) HSI_VALUE is a defined constant but the real value may vary 
+  *              depending on the variations in voltage and temperature.
+  * @note   (***) HSE_VALUE is a defined constant, user has to ensure that
+  *               HSE_VALUE is same as the real frequency of the crystal used.
+  *               Otherwise, this function may have wrong result.
+  * @note   The result of this function could be incorrect when using fractional
+  *         value for HSE crystal.
+  * @note   This function can be used by the user application to compute the
+  *         baud-rate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the frequencies of different on chip clocks;  System, AHB and APB1 buses clocks
+  * @note   Each time SYSCLK, HCLK and/or PCLK1 clock changes, this function
+  *         must be called to update structure fields. Otherwise, any
+  *         configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+  * @param  RCC_Clocks pointer to a @ref LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef structure which will hold the clocks frequencies
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef *RCC_Clocks)
+{
+  /* Get SYSCLK frequency */
+  RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq();
+
+  /* HCLK clock frequency */
+  RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency   = RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency);
+
+  /* PCLK1 clock frequency */
+  RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency  = RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return USARTx clock frequency
+  * @param  USARTxSource This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE (*)
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE (*)
+  *
+  *         (*) value not defined in all devices.
+  * @retval USART clock frequency (in Hz)
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that oscillator (HSI or LSE) is not ready
+  */
+uint32_t LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(uint32_t USARTxSource)
+{
+  uint32_t usart_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
+
+  /* Check parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_USART_CLKSOURCE(USARTxSource));
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW)
+  if (USARTxSource == LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE)
+  {
+    /* USART1CLK clock frequency */
+    switch (LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockSource(USARTxSource))
+    {
+      case LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: /* USART1 Clock is System Clock */
+        usart_frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq();
+        break;
+
+      case LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE_HSI:    /* USART1 Clock is HSI Osc. */
+        if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady())
+        {
+          usart_frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE_LSE:    /* USART1 Clock is LSE Osc. */
+        if (LL_RCC_LSE_IsReady())
+        {
+          usart_frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:  /* USART1 Clock is PCLK1 */
+      default:
+        usart_frequency = RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(RCC_GetSystemClockFreq()));
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW  */
+
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW)
+  if (USARTxSource == LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE)
+  {
+    /* USART2CLK clock frequency */
+    switch (LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockSource(USARTxSource))
+    {
+      case LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: /* USART2 Clock is System Clock */
+        usart_frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq();
+        break;
+
+      case LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE_HSI:    /* USART2 Clock is HSI Osc. */
+        if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady())
+        {
+          usart_frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE_LSE:    /* USART2 Clock is LSE Osc. */
+        if (LL_RCC_LSE_IsReady())
+        {
+          usart_frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:  /* USART2 Clock is PCLK1 */
+      default:
+        usart_frequency = RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(RCC_GetSystemClockFreq()));
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW */
+
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW)
+  if (USARTxSource == LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE)
+  {
+    /* USART3CLK clock frequency */
+    switch (LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockSource(USARTxSource))
+    {
+      case LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: /* USART3 Clock is System Clock */
+        usart_frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq();
+        break;
+
+      case LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE_HSI:    /* USART3 Clock is HSI Osc. */
+        if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady())
+        {
+          usart_frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE_LSE:    /* USART3 Clock is LSE Osc. */
+        if (LL_RCC_LSE_IsReady())
+        {
+          usart_frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:  /* USART3 Clock is PCLK1 */
+      default:
+        usart_frequency = RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(RCC_GetSystemClockFreq()));
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW */
+  return usart_frequency;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return I2Cx clock frequency
+  * @param  I2CxSource This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE
+  * @retval I2C clock frequency (in Hz)
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that HSI oscillator is not ready
+  */
+uint32_t LL_RCC_GetI2CClockFreq(uint32_t I2CxSource)
+{
+  uint32_t i2c_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
+
+  /* Check parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_I2C_CLKSOURCE(I2CxSource));
+
+  /* I2C1 CLK clock frequency */
+  if (I2CxSource == LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE)
+  {
+    switch (LL_RCC_GetI2CClockSource(I2CxSource))
+    {
+      case LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: /* I2C1 Clock is System Clock */
+        i2c_frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq();
+        break;
+
+      case LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE_HSI:    /* I2C1 Clock is HSI Osc. */
+      default:
+        if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady())
+        {
+          i2c_frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return i2c_frequency;
+}
+
+#if defined(USB)
+/**
+  * @brief  Return USBx clock frequency
+  * @param  USBxSource This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE
+  * @retval USB clock frequency (in Hz)
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that oscillator (HSI48) or PLL is not ready
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NA indicates that no clock source selected
+  */
+uint32_t LL_RCC_GetUSBClockFreq(uint32_t USBxSource)
+{
+  uint32_t usb_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
+
+  /* Check parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE(USBxSource));
+
+  /* USBCLK clock frequency */
+  switch (LL_RCC_GetUSBClockSource(USBxSource))
+  {
+    case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL:        /* PLL clock used as USB clock source */
+      if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady())
+      {
+        usb_frequency = RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS();
+      }
+      break;
+
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USBSW_HSI48)
+    case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_HSI48:      /* HSI48 clock used as USB clock source */
+    default:
+      if (LL_RCC_HSI48_IsReady())
+      {
+        usb_frequency = HSI48_VALUE;
+      }
+      break;
+#else
+    case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_NONE:       /* No clock used as USB clock source */
+    default:
+      usb_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NA;
+      break;
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USBSW_HSI48 */
+  }
+
+  return usb_frequency;
+}
+#endif /* USB */
+
+#if defined(CEC)
+/**
+  * @brief  Return CECx clock frequency
+  * @param  CECxSource This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE
+  * @retval CEC clock frequency (in Hz)
+  *        @arg @ref LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that oscillators (HSI or LSE) are not ready
+  */
+uint32_t LL_RCC_GetCECClockFreq(uint32_t CECxSource)
+{
+  uint32_t cec_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
+
+  /* Check parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE(CECxSource));
+
+  /* CECCLK clock frequency */
+  switch (LL_RCC_GetCECClockSource(CECxSource))
+  {
+    case LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE_HSI_DIV244:   /* HSI / 244 clock used as CEC clock source */
+      if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady())
+      {
+        cec_frequency = HSI_VALUE / 244U;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE_LSE:          /* LSE clock used as CEC clock source */
+    default:
+      if (LL_RCC_LSE_IsReady())
+      {
+        cec_frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+      }
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return cec_frequency;
+}
+#endif /* CEC */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return SYSTEM clock frequency
+  * @retval SYSTEM clock frequency (in Hz)
+  */
+uint32_t RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(void)
+{
+  uint32_t frequency = 0U;
+
+  /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/
+  switch (LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource())
+  {
+    case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI:  /* HSI used as system clock  source */
+      frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+      break;
+
+    case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE:  /* HSE used as system clock  source */
+      frequency = HSE_VALUE;
+      break;
+
+    case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLL:  /* PLL used as system clock  source */
+      frequency = RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS();
+      break;
+
+#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT)
+    case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI48:/* HSI48 used as system clock  source */
+      frequency = HSI48_VALUE;
+      break;
+#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */
+
+    default:
+      frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return frequency;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return HCLK clock frequency
+  * @param  SYSCLK_Frequency SYSCLK clock frequency
+  * @retval HCLK clock frequency (in Hz)
+  */
+uint32_t RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency)
+{
+  /* HCLK clock frequency */
+  return __LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK_FREQ(SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_RCC_GetAHBPrescaler());
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return PCLK1 clock frequency
+  * @param  HCLK_Frequency HCLK clock frequency
+  * @retval PCLK1 clock frequency (in Hz)
+  */
+uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency)
+{
+  /* PCLK1 clock frequency */
+  return __LL_RCC_CALC_PCLK1_FREQ(HCLK_Frequency, LL_RCC_GetAPB1Prescaler());
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Return PLL clock frequency used for system domain
+  * @retval PLL clock frequency (in Hz)
+  */
+uint32_t RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS(void)
+{
+  uint32_t pllinputfreq = 0U, pllsource = 0U;
+
+  /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLL divider) * PLL Multiplicator */
+
+  /* Get PLL source */
+  pllsource = LL_RCC_PLL_GetMainSource();
+
+  switch (pllsource)
+  {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+    case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI:       /* HSI used as PLL clock source */
+      pllinputfreq = HSI_VALUE;
+#else
+    case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV_2: /* HSI used as PLL clock source */
+      pllinputfreq = HSI_VALUE / 2U;
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT */
+      break;
+
+#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT)
+    case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI48:     /* HSI48 used as PLL clock source */
+      pllinputfreq = HSI48_VALUE;
+      break;
+#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */
+
+    case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE:       /* HSE used as PLL clock source */
+      pllinputfreq = HSE_VALUE;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+      pllinputfreq = HSI_VALUE;
+#else
+      pllinputfreq = HSI_VALUE / 2U;
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT */
+      break;
+  }
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+  return __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(pllinputfreq, LL_RCC_PLL_GetMultiplicator(), LL_RCC_PLL_GetPrediv());
+#else
+  return __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ((pllinputfreq / (LL_RCC_PLL_GetPrediv() + 1U)), LL_RCC_PLL_GetMultiplicator());
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT */
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined(RCC) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_rtc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,740 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_ll_rtc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   RTC LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_rtc.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_cortex.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(RTC)
+
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Default values used for prescaler */
+#define RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT     0x0000007FU
+#define RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT      0x000000FFU
+
+/* Values used for timeout */
+#define RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT         1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */
+#define RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT          1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_AMPM))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__)   ((__VALUE__) <= 0x7FU)
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__)    ((__VALUE__) <= 0x7FFFU)
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) \
+                                  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_PM))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__HOUR__)            (((__HOUR__) > 0U) && ((__HOUR__) <= 12U))
+#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__HOUR__)            ((__HOUR__) <= 23U)
+#define IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__MINUTES__)        ((__MINUTES__) <= 59U)
+#define IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__SECONDS__)        ((__SECONDS__) <= 59U)
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY) \
+                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_TUESDAY) \
+                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_WEDNESDAY) \
+                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_THURSDAY) \
+                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_FRIDAY) \
+                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SATURDAY) \
+                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SUNDAY))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__DAY__)    (((__DAY__) >= 1U) && ((__DAY__) <= 31U))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_JANUARY) \
+                                 || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_FEBRUARY) \
+                                 || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_MARCH) \
+                                 || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_APRIL) \
+                                 || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_MAY) \
+                                 || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_JUNE) \
+                                 || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_JULY) \
+                                 || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_AUGUST) \
+                                 || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_SEPTEMBER) \
+                                 || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_OCTOBER) \
+                                 || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_NOVEMBER) \
+                                 || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_DECEMBER))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(__YEAR__) ((__YEAR__) <= 99U)
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_HOURS) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_MINUTES) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_SECONDS) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_ALL))
+
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(__SEL__) (((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) || \
+                                                  ((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY))
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-Initializes the RTC registers to their default reset values.
+  * @note   This function doesn't reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data
+  *         registers.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: RTC registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DeInit(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+  {
+    /* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, TR,       0x00000000U);
+#if defined(RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT)
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, WUTR,     RTC_WUTR_WUT);
+#endif /* RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT */
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, DR  ,     (RTC_DR_WDU_0 | RTC_DR_MU_0 | RTC_DR_DU_0));
+    /* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */
+#if defined(RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT)
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CR, (LL_RTC_ReadReg(RTCx, CR) & RTC_CR_WUCKSEL));
+#else
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CR, 0x00000000U);
+#endif /* RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT */
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, PRER,     (RTC_PRER_PREDIV_A | RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT));
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMAR,   0x00000000U);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, SHIFTR,   0x00000000U);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CALR,     0x00000000U);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMASSR, 0x00000000U);
+
+    /* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ISR,      0x00000000U);
+
+    /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, TAFCR, 0x00000000U);
+
+    /* Wait till the RTC RSF flag is set */
+    status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters
+  *         in RTC_InitStruct.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @param  RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the RTC peripheral.
+  * @note   The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in
+  *         initialization mode only.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT(RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler));
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+  {
+    /* Set Hour Format */
+    LL_RTC_SetHourFormat(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat);
+
+    /* Configure Synchronous and Asynchronous prescaler factor */
+    LL_RTC_SetSynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler);
+    LL_RTC_SetAsynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler);
+
+    /* Exit Initialization mode */
+    LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
+
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_RTC_StructInit(LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set RTC_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat      = LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR;
+  RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler = RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT;
+  RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler  = RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the RTC current time.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @param  RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
+  * @param  RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                        the time configuration information for the RTC.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured
+  *          - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_TIME_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+
+  if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours));
+    }
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)));
+    }
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes)));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds)));
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+  {
+    /* Check the input parameters format */
+    if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+    {
+      LL_RTC_TIME_Config(RTCx, RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat, RTC_TimeStruct->Hours,
+                         RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes, RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      LL_RTC_TIME_Config(RTCx, RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours),
+                         __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes),
+                         __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds));
+    }
+
+    /* Exit Initialization mode */
+    LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTC);
+
+    /* If  RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+    if (LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled(RTCx) == 0U)
+    {
+      status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = SUCCESS;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef field to default value (Time = 00h:00min:00sec).
+  * @param  RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_RTC_TIME_StructInit(LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
+{
+  /* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */
+  RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24;
+  RTC_TimeStruct->Hours      = 0U;
+  RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes    = 0U;
+  RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds    = 0U;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the RTC current date.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @param  RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
+  * @param  RTC_DateStruct pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                         the date configuration information for the RTC.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC Day register is configured
+  *          - ERROR: RTC Day register is not configured
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DATE_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_DateTypeDef *RTC_DateStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+
+  if ((RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) && ((RTC_DateStruct->Month & 0x10U) == 0x10U))
+  {
+    RTC_DateStruct->Month = (RTC_DateStruct->Month & (uint32_t)~(0x10U)) + 0x0AU;
+  }
+  if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(RTC_DateStruct->Year));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(RTC_DateStruct->Month));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_DateStruct->Day));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Year)));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Month)));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Day)));
+  }
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay));
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+  {
+    /* Check the input parameters format */
+    if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+    {
+      LL_RTC_DATE_Config(RTCx, RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay, RTC_DateStruct->Day, RTC_DateStruct->Month, RTC_DateStruct->Year);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      LL_RTC_DATE_Config(RTCx, RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Day),
+                         __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Month), __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Year));
+    }
+
+    /* Exit Initialization mode */
+    LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTC);
+
+    /* If  RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+    if (LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled(RTCx) == 0U)
+    {
+      status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = SUCCESS;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_RTC_DateTypeDef field to default value (date = Monday, January 01 xx00)
+  * @param  RTC_DateStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_DateTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_RTC_DATE_StructInit(LL_RTC_DateTypeDef *RTC_DateStruct)
+{
+  /* Monday, January 01 xx00 */
+  RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay = LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY;
+  RTC_DateStruct->Day     = 1U;
+  RTC_DateStruct->Month   = LL_RTC_MONTH_JANUARY;
+  RTC_DateStruct->Year    = 0U;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the RTC Alarm A.
+  * @note   The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm
+  *         is disabled (Use @ref LL_RTC_ALMA_Disable function).
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @param  RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
+  * @param  RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that
+  *                         contains the alarm configuration parameters.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: ALARMA registers are configured
+  *          - ERROR: ALARMA registers are not configured
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALMA_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
+
+  if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
+    }
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
+
+    if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
+    }
+
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
+
+    if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  /* Select weekday selection */
+  if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+  {
+    /* Set the date for ALARM */
+    LL_RTC_ALMA_DisableWeekday(RTCx);
+    if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+    {
+      LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay(RTCx, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set the week day for ALARM */
+    LL_RTC_ALMA_EnableWeekday(RTCx);
+    LL_RTC_ALMA_SetWeekDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the Alarm register */
+  if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours,
+                           RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat,
+                           __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours),
+                           __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes),
+                           __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
+  }
+  /* Set ALARM mask */
+  LL_RTC_ALMA_SetMask(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask);
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef of ALARMA field to default value (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec /
+  *         Day = 1st day of the month/Mask = all fields are masked).
+  * @param  RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_RTC_ALMA_StructInit(LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
+{
+  /* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = LL_RTC_ALMA_TIME_FORMAT_AM;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours      = 0U;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes    = 0U;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds    = 0U;
+
+  /* Alarm Day Settings : Day = 1st day of the month */
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay    = 1U;
+
+  /* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask =  all fields are not masked */
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask           = LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enters the RTC Initialization mode.
+  * @note   The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
+  *         @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode
+  *          - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT;
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+  /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */
+  if (LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Set the Initialization mode */
+    LL_RTC_EnableInitMode(RTCx);
+
+    /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
+    tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx);
+    while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U))
+    {
+      if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
+      {
+        timeout --;
+      }
+      tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx);
+      if (timeout == 0U)
+      {
+        status = ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Exit the RTC Initialization mode.
+  * @note   When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts
+  *         counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles.
+  * @note   The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
+  *         @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC exited from in Init mode
+  *          - ERROR: Not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+  /* Disable initialization mode */
+  LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Waits until the RTC Time and Day registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are
+  *         synchronized with RTC APB clock.
+  * @note   The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the
+  *         @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
+  * @note   To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar
+  *         initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes
+  *         the software must first clear the RSF flag.
+  *         The software must then wait until it is set again before reading
+  *         the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been
+  *         correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised
+  *          - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT;
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+  /* Clear RSF flag */
+  LL_RTC_ClearFlag_RS(RTCx);
+
+  /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */
+  tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
+  while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 0U))
+  {
+    if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
+    {
+      timeout--;
+    }
+    tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
+    if (timeout == 0U)
+    {
+      status = ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (status != ERROR)
+  {
+    timeout = RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT;
+    tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
+    while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U))
+    {
+      if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
+      {
+        timeout--;
+      }
+      tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
+      if (timeout == 0U)
+      {
+        status = ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined(RTC) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_spi.c

@@ -0,0 +1,545 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_ll_spi.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   SPI LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_spi.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.h"
+
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2)
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Constants SPI Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/* SPI registers Masks */
+#define SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK                 (SPI_CR1_CPHA    | SPI_CR1_CPOL     | SPI_CR1_MSTR   | \
+                                            SPI_CR1_BR      | SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST | SPI_CR1_SSI    | \
+                                            SPI_CR1_SSM     | SPI_CR1_RXONLY   | SPI_CR1_CRCL   | \
+                                            SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT | SPI_CR1_CRCEN    | SPI_CR1_BIDIOE | \
+                                            SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Macros SPI Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX)    \
+                                              || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_SIMPLEX_RX)     \
+                                              || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_RX) \
+                                              || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_TX))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_MASTER) \
+                                || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_4BIT)  \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_5BIT)  \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_6BIT)  \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_7BIT)  \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT)  \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_9BIT)  \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_10BIT) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_11BIT) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_12BIT) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_13BIT) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_14BIT) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_15BIT) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_16BIT))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW) \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_HIGH))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE) \
+                                 || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_2EDGE))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_NSS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_SOFT) \
+                               || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT) \
+                               || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_OUTPUT))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2)   \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV4)   \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV8)   \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV16)  \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV32)  \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV64)  \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV128) \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV256))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_LSB_FIRST) \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 0x1U)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the SPI registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  SPIx SPI Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
+
+#if defined(SPI1)
+  if (SPIx == SPI1)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_SPI1);
+
+    /* Release reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_SPI1);
+
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+#endif /* SPI1 */
+#if defined(SPI2)
+  if (SPIx == SPI2)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2);
+
+    /* Release reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2);
+
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+#endif /* SPI2 */
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the SPI registers according to the specified parameters in SPI_InitStruct.
+  * @note   As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit =0),
+  *         SPI IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
+  * @param  SPIx SPI Instance
+  * @param  SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value. (Return always SUCCESS)
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the SPI Instance SPIx*/
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
+
+  /* Check the SPI parameters from SPI_InitStruct*/
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->NSS));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation));
+
+  if (LL_SPI_IsEnabled(SPIx) == 0x00000000U)
+  {
+    /*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------
+     * Configure SPIx CR1 with parameters:
+     * - TransferDirection:  SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE, SPI_CR1_BIDIOE and SPI_CR1_RXONLY bits
+     * - Master/Slave Mode:  SPI_CR1_MSTR bit
+     * - ClockPolarity:      SPI_CR1_CPOL bit
+     * - ClockPhase:         SPI_CR1_CPHA bit
+     * - NSS management:     SPI_CR1_SSM bit
+     * - BaudRate prescaler: SPI_CR1_BR[2:0] bits
+     * - BitOrder:           SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST bit
+     * - CRCCalculation:     SPI_CR1_CRCEN bit
+     */
+    MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR1,
+               SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK,
+               SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection | SPI_InitStruct->Mode |
+               SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity | SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase |
+               SPI_InitStruct->NSS | SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate |
+               SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder | SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation);
+
+    /*---------------------------- SPIx CR2 Configuration ------------------------
+     * Configure SPIx CR2 with parameters:
+     * - DataWidth:          DS[3:0] bits
+     * - NSS management:     SSOE bit
+     */
+    MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR2,
+               SPI_CR2_DS | SPI_CR2_SSOE,
+               SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth | (SPI_InitStruct->NSS >> 16U));
+
+    /*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPR Configuration ----------------------
+     * Configure SPIx CRCPR with parameters:
+     * - CRCPoly:            CRCPOLY[15:0] bits
+     */
+    if (SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly));
+      LL_SPI_SetCRCPolynomial(SPIx, SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly);
+    }
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+#if defined (SPI_I2S_SUPPORT)
+  /* Activate the SPI mode (Reset I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register) */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SPIx->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
+#endif /* SPI_I2S_SUPPORT */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure
+  * whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_SPI_StructInit(LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set SPI_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX;
+  SPI_InitStruct->Mode              = LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE;
+  SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth         = LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT;
+  SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity     = LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW;
+  SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase        = LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE;
+  SPI_InitStruct->NSS               = LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT;
+  SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate          = LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2;
+  SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder          = LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST;
+  SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation    = LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE;
+  SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly           = 7U;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#if defined(SPI_I2S_SUPPORT)
+/** @addtogroup I2S_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup I2S_LL_Private_Constants I2S Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/* I2S registers Masks */
+#define I2S_I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK             (SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN   | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | \
+                                            SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL   | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | \
+                                            SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG  | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD )
+
+#define I2S_I2SPR_CLEAR_MASK               0x0002U
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup I2S_LL_Private_Macros I2S Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT(__VALUE__)  (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B)          \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B_EXTENDED) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)          \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_CPOL(__VALUE__)        (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_POLARITY_LOW)  \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_POLARITY_HIGH))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_STANDARD(__VALUE__)    (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS)   \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_MSB)       \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_LSB)       \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_SHORT) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_LONG))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_MODE(__VALUE__)        (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)  \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX)  \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_ENABLE) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_DISABLE))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(__VALUE__) ((((__VALUE__) >= LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_8K)    \
+                                       && ((__VALUE__) <= LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_192K)) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_LINEAR(__VALUE__)  ((__VALUE__) >= 0x2U)
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_EVEN) \
+                                           || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_ODD))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup I2S_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup I2S_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the SPI/I2S registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  SPIx SPI Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx)
+{
+  return LL_SPI_DeInit(SPIx);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the SPI/I2S registers according to the specified parameters in I2S_InitStruct.
+  * @note   As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit =0),
+  *         SPI IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
+  * @param  SPIx SPI Instance
+  * @param  I2S_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: SPI registers are Initialized
+  *          - ERROR: SPI registers are not Initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, LL_I2S_InitTypeDef *I2S_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint16_t i2sdiv = 2U, i2sodd = 0U, packetlength = 1U;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+  LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clocks;
+  uint32_t sourceclock = 0U;
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the I2S parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->Standard));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity));
+
+  if (LL_I2S_IsEnabled(SPIx) == 0x00000000U)
+  {
+    /*---------------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR Configuration --------------------
+     * Configure SPIx I2SCFGR with parameters:
+     * - Mode:          SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG[1:0] bit
+     * - Standard:      SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD[1:0] and SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC bits
+     * - DataFormat:    SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN and SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN bits
+     * - ClockPolarity: SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL bit
+     */
+
+    /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
+    MODIFY_REG(SPIx->I2SCFGR,
+               I2S_I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK,
+               I2S_InitStruct->Mode | I2S_InitStruct->Standard |
+               I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat | I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity |
+               SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
+
+    /*---------------------------- SPIx I2SPR Configuration ----------------------
+     * Configure SPIx I2SPR with parameters:
+     * - MCLKOutput:    SPI_I2SPR_MCKOE bit
+     * - AudioFreq:     SPI_I2SPR_I2SDIV[7:0] and SPI_I2SPR_ODD bits
+     */
+
+    /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler (i2sodd, i2sdiv)
+     * else, default values are used:  i2sodd = 0U, i2sdiv = 2U.
+     */
+    if (I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq != LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT)
+    {
+      /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing)
+       * Default value: LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B (packetlength = 1U).
+       */
+      if (I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat != LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B)
+      {
+        /* Packet length is 32 bits */
+        packetlength = 2U;
+      }
+
+      /* I2S Clock source is System clock: Get System Clock frequency */
+      LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks);
+
+      /* Get the source clock value: based on System Clock value */
+      sourceclock = rcc_clocks.SYSCLK_Frequency;
+
+      /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state with a floating point */
+      if (I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_ENABLE)
+      {
+        /* MCLK output is enabled */
+        tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / 256U) * 10U) / I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq)) + 5U);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* MCLK output is disabled */
+        tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / (32U * packetlength)) * 10U) / I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq)) + 5U);
+      }
+
+      /* Remove the floating point */
+      tmp = tmp / 10U;
+
+      /* Check the parity of the divider */
+      i2sodd = (uint16_t)(tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001U);
+
+      /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */
+      i2sdiv = (uint16_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2U);
+
+      /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */
+      i2sodd = (uint16_t)(i2sodd << 8U);
+    }
+
+    /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */
+    if ((i2sdiv < 2U) || (i2sdiv > 0xFFU))
+    {
+      /* Set the default values */
+      i2sdiv = 2U;
+      i2sodd = 0U;
+    }
+
+    /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */
+    WRITE_REG(SPIx->I2SPR, i2sdiv | i2sodd | I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput);
+
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  I2S_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure
+  *         whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_I2S_StructInit(LL_I2S_InitTypeDef *I2S_InitStruct)
+{
+  /*--------------- Reset I2S init structure parameters values -----------------*/
+  I2S_InitStruct->Mode              = LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX;
+  I2S_InitStruct->Standard          = LL_I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS;
+  I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat        = LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B;
+  I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput        = LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_DISABLE;
+  I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq         = LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT;
+  I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity     = LL_I2S_POLARITY_LOW;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set linear and parity prescaler.
+  * @note   To calculate value of PrescalerLinear(I2SDIV[7:0] bits) and PrescalerParity(ODD bit)\n
+  *         Check Audio frequency table and formulas inside Reference Manual (SPI/I2S).
+  * @param  SPIx SPI Instance
+  * @param  PrescalerLinear value: Min_Data=0x02 and Max_Data=0xFF.
+  * @param  PrescalerParity This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_EVEN
+  *         @arg @ref LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_ODD
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_I2S_ConfigPrescaler(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, uint32_t PrescalerLinear, uint32_t PrescalerParity)
+{
+  /* Check the I2S parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_LINEAR(PrescalerLinear));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY(PrescalerParity));
+
+  /* Write to SPIx I2SPR */
+  MODIFY_REG(SPIx->I2SPR, SPI_I2SPR_I2SDIV | SPI_I2SPR_ODD, PrescalerLinear | (PrescalerParity << 8U));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* SPI_I2S_SUPPORT */
+
+#endif /* defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_usart.c

@@ -0,0 +1,529 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_ll_usart.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   USART LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_usart.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (USART1) || defined (USART2) || defined (USART3) || defined (USART4) || defined (USART5) || defined (USART6) || defined (USART7) || defined (USART8)
+
+/** @addtogroup USART_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* __BAUDRATE__ The maximum Baud Rate is derived from the maximum clock available
+ *              divided by the smallest oversampling used on the USART (i.e. 8)    */
+#define IS_LL_USART_BAUDRATE(__BAUDRATE__) ((__BAUDRATE__) <= 6000000U)
+
+/* __VALUE__ In case of oversampling by 16 and 8, BRR content must be greater than or equal to 16d. */
+#define IS_LL_USART_BRR_MIN(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 16U)
+
+/* __VALUE__ BRR content must be lower than or equal to 0xFFFF. */
+#define IS_LL_USART_BRR_MAX(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000FFFFU)
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_NONE) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_RX) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_NONE) \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_EVEN) \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_ODD))
+
+#if defined(USART_7BITS_SUPPORT)
+#define IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_7B) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_9B))
+#else
+#define IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_9B))
+#endif
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_8))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_LASTBITCLKOUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT) \
+                                              || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_OUTPUT))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PHASE_2EDGE))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPOLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW) \
+                                           || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_POLARITY_HIGH))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKOUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE) \
+                                         || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_CLOCK_ENABLE))
+
+#if defined(USART_SMARTCARD_SUPPORT)
+#define IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_0_5) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1_5) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_2))
+#else
+#define IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_2))
+#endif
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_HWCONTROL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_CTS) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USART_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize USART registers (Registers restored to their default values).
+  * @param  USARTx USART Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: USART registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: USART registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
+
+  if (USARTx == USART1)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART1);
+
+    /* Release reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART1);
+  }
+#if defined(USART2)
+  else if (USARTx == USART2)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2);
+
+    /* Release reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2);
+  }
+#endif /* USART2 */
+#if defined(USART3)
+  else if (USARTx == USART3)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART3);
+
+    /* Release reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART3);
+  }
+#endif /* USART3 */
+#if defined(USART4)
+  else if (USARTx == USART4)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART4);
+
+    /* Release reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART4);
+  }
+#endif /* USART4 */
+#if defined(USART5)
+  else if (USARTx == USART5)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART5);
+
+    /* Release reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART5);
+  }
+#endif /* USART5 */
+#if defined(USART6)
+  else if (USARTx == USART6)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART6);
+
+    /* Release reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART6);
+  }
+#endif /* USART6 */
+#if defined(USART7)
+  else if (USARTx == USART7)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART7);
+
+    /* Release reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART7);
+  }
+#endif /* USART7 */
+#if defined(USART8)
+  else if (USARTx == USART8)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART8);
+
+    /* Release reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART8);
+  }
+#endif /* USART8 */
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize USART registers according to the specified
+  *         parameters in USART_InitStruct.
+  * @note   As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when the USART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0),
+  *         USART IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
+  * @note   Baud rate value stored in USART_InitStruct BaudRate field, should be valid (different from 0).
+  * @param  USARTx USART Instance
+  * @param  USART_InitStruct pointer to a LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: USART registers are initialized according to USART_InitStruct content
+  *          - ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_USART_Init(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+  uint32_t periphclk = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
+#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F030xC) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || defined(STM32F070x6) || defined(STM32F070xB) || defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+  LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_Clocks;
+#endif
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->BaudRate));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(USART_InitStruct->DataWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->StopBits));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->Parity));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_DIRECTION(USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_HWCONTROL(USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING(USART_InitStruct->OverSampling));
+
+  /* USART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in
+     CRx registers */
+  if (LL_USART_IsEnabled(USARTx) == 0U)
+  {
+    /*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration ---------------------
+     * Configure USARTx CR1 (USART Word Length, Parity, Mode and Oversampling bits) with parameters:
+     * - DataWidth:          USART_CR1_M bits according to USART_InitStruct->DataWidth value
+     * - Parity:             USART_CR1_PCE, USART_CR1_PS bits according to USART_InitStruct->Parity value
+     * - TransferDirection:  USART_CR1_TE, USART_CR1_RE bits according to USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection value
+     * - Oversampling:       USART_CR1_OVER8 bit according to USART_InitStruct->OverSampling value.
+     */
+    MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR1,
+               (USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS |
+                USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8),
+               (USART_InitStruct->DataWidth | USART_InitStruct->Parity |
+                USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection | USART_InitStruct->OverSampling));
+
+    /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration ---------------------
+     * Configure USARTx CR2 (Stop bits) with parameters:
+     * - Stop Bits:          USART_CR2_STOP bits according to USART_InitStruct->StopBits value.
+     * - CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits are to be configured using LL_USART_ClockInit().
+     */
+    LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->StopBits);
+
+    /*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration ---------------------
+     * Configure USARTx CR3 (Hardware Flow Control) with parameters:
+     * - HardwareFlowControl: USART_CR3_RTSE, USART_CR3_CTSE bits according to USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl value.
+     */
+    LL_USART_SetHWFlowCtrl(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl);
+
+    /*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration ---------------------
+     * Retrieve Clock frequency used for USART Peripheral
+     */
+    if (USARTx == USART1)
+    {
+      periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE);
+    }
+#if defined(USART2)
+    else if (USARTx == USART2)
+    {
+#if defined (RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW)
+      periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE);
+#else
+      /* USART2 clock is PCLK */
+      LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
+      periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+#endif
+    }
+#endif /* USART2 */
+#if defined(USART3)
+    else if (USARTx == USART3)
+    {
+#if defined (RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW)
+      periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE);
+#else
+      /* USART3 clock is PCLK */
+      LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
+      periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+#endif
+    }
+#endif /* USART3 */
+#if defined(USART4)
+    else if (USARTx == USART4)
+    {
+      /* USART4 clock is PCLK */
+      LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
+      periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+    }
+#endif /* USART4 */
+#if defined(USART5)
+    else if (USARTx == USART5)
+    {
+      /* USART5 clock is PCLK */
+      LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
+      periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+    }
+#endif /* USART5 */
+#if defined(USART6)
+    else if (USARTx == USART6)
+    {
+      /* USART6 clock is PCLK */
+      LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
+      periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+    }
+#endif /* USART6 */
+#if defined(USART7)
+    else if (USARTx == USART7)
+    {
+      /* USART7 clock is PCLK */
+      LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
+      periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+    }
+#endif /* USART7 */
+#if defined(USART8)
+    else if (USARTx == USART8)
+    {
+      /* USART8 clock is PCLK */
+      LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
+      periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+    }
+#endif /* USART8 */
+    else
+    {
+      /* Nothing to do, as error code is already assigned to ERROR value */
+    }
+
+    /* Configure the USART Baud Rate :
+       - valid baud rate value (different from 0) is required
+       - Peripheral clock as returned by RCC service, should be valid (different from 0).
+    */
+    if ((periphclk != LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO)
+        && (USART_InitStruct->BaudRate != 0U))
+    {
+      status = SUCCESS;
+      LL_USART_SetBaudRate(USARTx,
+                           periphclk,
+                           USART_InitStruct->OverSampling,
+                           USART_InitStruct->BaudRate);
+
+      /* Check BRR is greater than or equal to 16d */
+      assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BRR_MIN(USARTx->BRR));
+
+      /* Check BRR is greater than or equal to 16d */
+      assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BRR_MAX(USARTx->BRR));
+    }
+  }
+  /* Endif (=> USART not in Disabled state => return ERROR) */
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each @ref LL_USART_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param USART_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                          whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+
+void LL_USART_StructInit(LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set USART_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  USART_InitStruct->BaudRate            = 9600U;
+  USART_InitStruct->DataWidth           = LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B;
+  USART_InitStruct->StopBits            = LL_USART_STOPBITS_1;
+  USART_InitStruct->Parity              = LL_USART_PARITY_NONE ;
+  USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection   = LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX;
+  USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl = LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
+  USART_InitStruct->OverSampling        = LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize USART Clock related settings according to the
+  *         specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct.
+  * @note   As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when the USART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0),
+  *         USART IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
+  * @param  USARTx USART Instance
+  * @param  USART_ClockInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the Clock configuration information for the specified USART peripheral.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: USART registers related to Clock settings are initialized according to USART_ClockInitStruct content
+  *          - ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check USART Instance and Clock signal output parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKOUTPUT(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput));
+
+  /* USART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in
+     CRx registers */
+  if (LL_USART_IsEnabled(USARTx) == 0U)
+  {
+    /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
+    /* If Clock signal has to be output */
+    if (USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput == LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE)
+    {
+      /* Deactivate Clock signal delivery :
+       * - Disable Clock Output:        USART_CR2_CLKEN cleared
+       */
+      LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput(USARTx);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Ensure USART instance is USART capable */
+      assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
+
+      /* Check clock related parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPOLARITY(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPHASE(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_USART_LASTBITCLKOUTPUT(USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse));
+
+      /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------
+       * Configure USARTx CR2 (Clock signal related bits) with parameters:
+       * - Enable Clock Output:         USART_CR2_CLKEN set
+       * - Clock Polarity:              USART_CR2_CPOL bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity value
+       * - Clock Phase:                 USART_CR2_CPHA bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase value
+       * - Last Bit Clock Pulse Output: USART_CR2_LBCL bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse value.
+       */
+      MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR2,
+                 USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_CPOL | USART_CR2_LBCL,
+                 USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity |
+                 USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase | USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse);
+    }
+  }
+  /* Else (USART not in Disabled state => return ERROR */
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each field of a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef type structure to default value.
+  * @param USART_ClockInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure
+  *                               whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_USART_ClockStructInit(LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set LL_USART_ClockInitStruct fields with default values */
+  USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput       = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE;
+  USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity     = LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW;            /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
+  USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase        = LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE;             /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
+  USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse = LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT;  /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USART1 || USART2|| USART3 || USART4 || USART5 || USART6 || USART7 || USART8 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_utils.c

@@ -0,0 +1,620 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_ll_utils.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   UTILS LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_utils.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_system.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Defines used for PLL range */
+#define UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MIN        16000000U           /*!< Frequency min for PLL output, in Hz  */
+#define UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX        48000000U    /*!< Frequency max for PLL output, in Hz  */
+
+/* Defines used for HSE range */
+#define UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MIN      4000000U       /*!< Frequency min for HSE frequency, in Hz   */
+#define UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MAX     32000000U       /*!< Frequency max for HSE frequency, in Hz   */
+
+/* Defines used for FLASH latency according to SYSCLK Frequency */
+#define UTILS_LATENCY1_FREQ         24000000U        /*!< SYSCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 1 */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_1)   \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_2)   \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_4)   \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_8)   \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_16)  \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_64)  \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_128) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_256) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_512))
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_1) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_2) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_4) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_8) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_16))
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLMUL_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_2) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_3) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_4) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_5) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_6) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_7) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_8) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_9) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_10) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_11) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_12) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_13) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_14) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_15) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_16))
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_1)  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_2)   || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_3)  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_4)   || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_5)  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_6)   || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_7)  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_8)   || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_9)  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_10)  || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_11) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_12)  || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_13) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_14)  || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_15) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_16))
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(__VALUE__) ((UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MIN <= (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX))
+
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_BYPASS(__STATE__) (((__STATE__) == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON) \
+                                        || ((__STATE__) == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF))
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY(__FREQUENCY__) (((__FREQUENCY__) >= UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MIN) && ((__FREQUENCY__) <= UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MAX))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions UTILS Private functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static uint32_t    UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency,
+                                               LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
+#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_SetFlashLatency(uint32_t Frequency);
+#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_EF_DELAY
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures the Cortex-M SysTick source to have 1ms time base.
+  * @note   When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid changing the Systick
+  *         configuration by calling this function, for a delay use rather osDelay RTOS service.
+  * @param  HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz
+  * @note   HCLK frequency can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro or function @ref LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_Init1msTick(uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
+{
+  /* Use frequency provided in argument */
+  LL_InitTick(HCLKFrequency, 1000U);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based
+  *         on SysTick counter flag
+  * @note   When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid using blocking delay
+  *         and use rather osDelay service.
+  * @note   To respect 1ms timebase, user should call @ref LL_Init1msTick function which
+  *         will configure Systick to 1ms
+  * @param  Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_mDelay(uint32_t Delay)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t  tmp = SysTick->CTRL;  /* Clear the COUNTFLAG first */
+  /* Add this code to indicate that local variable is not used */
+  ((void)tmp);
+
+  /* Add a period to guaranty minimum wait */
+  if (Delay < LL_MAX_DELAY)
+  {
+    Delay++;
+  }
+
+  while (Delay)
+  {
+    if ((SysTick->CTRL & SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk) != 0U)
+    {
+      Delay--;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_EF_SYSTEM
+  *  @brief    System Configuration functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+           ##### System Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+         System, AHB and APB buses clocks configuration
+
+         (+) The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 is 48000000 Hz.
+  @endverbatim
+  @internal
+             Depending on the SYSCLK frequency, the flash latency should be adapted accordingly:
+             (++) +-----------------------------------------------+
+             (++) | Latency       | SYSCLK clock frequency (MHz)  |
+             (++) |---------------|-------------------------------|
+             (++) |0WS(1CPU cycle)|       0 < SYSCLK <= 24        |
+             (++) |---------------|-------------------------------|
+             (++) |1WS(2CPU cycle)|      24 < SYSCLK <= 48        |
+             (++) +-----------------------------------------------+
+  @endinternal
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function sets directly SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable.
+  * @note   Variable can be calculated also through SystemCoreClockUpdate function.
+  * @param  HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz (can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro)
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_SetSystemCoreClock(uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
+{
+  /* HCLK clock frequency */
+  SystemCoreClock = HCLKFrequency;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures system clock with HSI as clock source of the PLL
+  * @note   The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled.
+  * @note   Function is based on the following formula:
+  *         - PLL output frequency = ((HSI frequency / PREDIV) * PLLMUL)
+  *         - PREDIV: Set to 2 for few devices
+  *         - PLLMUL: The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to 
+  *                   be in the range 16-48MHz
+  * @note   FLASH latency can be modified through this function. 
+  * @param  UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                             the configuration information for the PLL.
+  * @param  UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                             the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
+  *          - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSI(LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct,
+                                         LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
+
+  /* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
+  if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
+  {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+    /* Check PREDIV value */
+    assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv));
+#else
+    /* Force PREDIV value to 2 */
+    UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv = LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_2;
+#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/
+    /* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */
+    pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSI_VALUE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
+
+    /* Enable HSI if not enabled */
+    if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
+    {
+      LL_RCC_HSI_Enable();
+      while (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
+      {
+        /* Wait for HSI ready */
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Configure PLL */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+    LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv);
+#else
+    LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV_2, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
+#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/
+
+    /* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */
+    status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR_SW_HSI48)
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures system clock with HSI48 as clock source of the PLL
+  * @note   The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled.
+  * @note   Function is based on the following formula:
+  *         - PLL output frequency = ((HSI48 frequency / PREDIV) * PLLMUL)
+  *         - PLLMUL: The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to 
+  *                   be in the range 16-48MHz
+  * @param  UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                             the configuration information for the PLL.
+  * @param  UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                             the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
+  *          - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSI48(LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct,
+                                         LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
+
+  /* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
+  if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
+  {
+    /* Check PREDIV value */
+    assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv));
+
+    /* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */
+    pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSI48_VALUE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
+
+    /* Enable HSI48 if not enabled */
+    if (LL_RCC_HSI48_IsReady() != 1U)
+    {
+      LL_RCC_HSI48_Enable();
+      while (LL_RCC_HSI48_IsReady() != 1U)
+      {
+        /* Wait for HSI48 ready */
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Configure PLL */
+    LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI48, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv);
+
+    /* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */
+    status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+#endif /*RCC_CFGR_SW_HSI48*/
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures system clock with HSE as clock source of the PLL
+  * @note   The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled.
+  * @note   Function is based on the following formula:
+  *         - PLL output frequency = ((HSE frequency / PREDIV) * PLLMUL)
+  *         - PLLMUL: The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to 
+  *                   be in the range 16-48MHz
+  * @note   FLASH latency can be modified through this function. 
+  * @param  HSEFrequency Value between Min_Data = 4000000 and Max_Data = 32000000
+  * @param  HSEBypass This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON
+  *         @arg @ref LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF
+  * @param  UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                             the configuration information for the PLL.
+  * @param  UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                             the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
+  *          - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSE(uint32_t HSEFrequency, uint32_t HSEBypass,
+                                         LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY(HSEFrequency));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_BYPASS(HSEBypass));
+
+  /* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
+  if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
+  {
+    /* Check PREDIV value */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+    assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv));
+#else
+    assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv));
+#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/
+
+    /* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */
+    pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSEFrequency, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
+
+    /* Enable HSE if not enabled */
+    if (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U)
+    {
+      /* Check if need to enable HSE bypass feature or not */
+      if (HSEBypass == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON)
+      {
+        LL_RCC_HSE_EnableBypass();
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        LL_RCC_HSE_DisableBypass();
+      }
+
+      /* Enable HSE */
+      LL_RCC_HSE_Enable();
+      while (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U)
+      {
+        /* Wait for HSE ready */
+      }
+    }
+
+      /* Configure PLL */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+      LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv);
+#else
+    LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS((RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_HSE_PREDIV | UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv), UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
+#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/
+
+    /* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */
+    status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Update number of Flash wait states in line with new frequency and current
+            voltage range.
+  * @param  Frequency  SYSCLK frequency
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: Latency has been modified
+  *          - ERROR: Latency cannot be modified
+  */
+#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_SetFlashLatency(uint32_t Frequency)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  uint32_t latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0;  /* default value 0WS */
+
+  /* Frequency cannot be equal to 0 */
+  if (Frequency == 0U)
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (Frequency > UTILS_LATENCY1_FREQ)
+    {
+      /* 24 < SYSCLK <= 48 => 1WS (2 CPU cycles) */
+      latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_1;
+    }
+    /* else SYSCLK < 24MHz default LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */
+
+    LL_FLASH_SetLatency(latency);
+
+    /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
+       memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
+    if (LL_FLASH_GetLatency() != latency)
+    {
+      status = ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Function to check that PLL can be modified
+  * @param  PLL_InputFrequency  PLL input frequency (in Hz)
+  * @param  UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                             the configuration information for the PLL.
+  * @retval PLL output frequency (in Hz)
+  */
+static uint32_t UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency, LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLMUL_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul));
+
+  /* Check different PLL parameters according to RM                          */
+  /* The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to 
+     be in the range 16-48MHz */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+  pllfreq = __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(PLL_InputFrequency, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv);
+#else
+  pllfreq = __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(PLL_InputFrequency / (UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv + 1U), UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
+#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/
+  assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(pllfreq));
+
+  return pllfreq;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Function to check that PLL can be modified
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: PLL modification can be done
+  *          - ERROR: PLL is busy
+  */
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check if PLL is busy*/
+  if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 0U)
+  {
+    /* PLL configuration cannot be modified */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Function to enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL
+  * @param  SYSCLK_Frequency SYSCLK frequency
+  * @param  UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                             the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: No problem to switch system to PLL
+  *          - ERROR: Problem to switch system to PLL
+  */
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  uint32_t sysclk_frequency_current = 0U;
+
+  assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider));
+
+  /* Calculate current SYSCLK frequency */
+  sysclk_frequency_current = (SystemCoreClock << AHBPrescTable[LL_RCC_GetAHBPrescaler() >> RCC_POSITION_HPRE]);
+
+  /* Increasing the number of wait states because of higher CPU frequency */
+  if (sysclk_frequency_current < SYSCLK_Frequency)
+  {
+    /* Set FLASH latency to highest latency */
+    status = UTILS_SetFlashLatency(SYSCLK_Frequency);
+  }
+
+  /* Update system clock configuration */
+  if (status == SUCCESS)
+  {
+    /* Enable PLL */
+    LL_RCC_PLL_Enable();
+    while (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 1U)
+    {
+      /* Wait for PLL ready */
+    }
+
+    /* Sysclk activation on the main PLL */
+    LL_RCC_SetAHBPrescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider);
+    LL_RCC_SetSysClkSource(LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_PLL);
+    while (LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource() != LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLL)
+    {
+      /* Wait for system clock switch to PLL */
+    }
+
+    /* Set APB1 & APB2 prescaler*/
+    LL_RCC_SetAPB1Prescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider);
+  }
+
+  /* Decreasing the number of wait states because of lower CPU frequency */
+  if (sysclk_frequency_current > SYSCLK_Frequency)
+  {
+    /* Set FLASH latency to lowest latency */
+    status = UTILS_SetFlashLatency(SYSCLK_Frequency);
+  }
+
+  /* Update SystemCoreClock variable */
+  if (status == SUCCESS)
+  {
+    LL_SetSystemCoreClock(__LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK_FREQ(SYSCLK_Frequency, UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/